Page 1 (features) of a specific TLE984xQX derivative (derivative device), please refer to the respective Data Sheet. For simplicity, the various device types are referenced by the collective term TLE984xQX throughout this manual. User Manual Rev. 1.1 www.infineon.com 2019-03-18...
Page 2: Table Of Contents
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Table of Contents Overview ............... 14 TLE984xQX product variants .
Page 3 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications PMU Data Storage Area ..............80 6.8.1 Register Definition .
Page 4 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 7.5.2 Functional Description ..............130 7.5.2.1 Slow Down Mode .
Page 5 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 8.3.2 Clock Generation Unit Register ............228 Interrupt Control Unit (ICU) .
Page 6 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 12.2.5 Memory Write ............... . 310 12.2.6 Timing .
Page 7 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 14.3.2 Normal Operation ..............377 14.3.2.1 Watchdog Register Overview .
Page 8 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 16.3.8.4 Encoding ................464 16.3.8.5 GPT1 Timer Interrupt Control Registers .
Page 9 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 18.3.3.1 Compare Channels ..............521 18.3.3.2 Channel State Bits .
Page 10 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 19.3.2 Mode 1, 8-Bit UART, Variable Baud Rate ..........624 19.3.3 Mode 2, 9-Bit UART, Fixed Baud Rate .
Page 11 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 21.5.3 Baud Rate Timer Reload Register ............675 21.5.4 Transmitter Buffer Register .
Page 12 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ..........752 24.1 Features .
Page 13 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 26.3.1.1 Slew Rate Configuration ............. 933 26.3.1.2 Overcurrent Detection .
Page 14: Overview
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Overview Overview Summary of Features • 32-bit Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core – up to 25 MHz or 40 MHz (product variant dependant) clock frequency – one clock per machine cycle architecture VQFN-48-31 –...
Page 15: Tle984Xqx Product Variants
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Overview • Low-dropout voltage regulators (LDO) • 5 V voltage supply VDDEXT for external loads (e.g. Hall-sensor) • Core logic supply at 1.5 V • Programmable window watchdog (WDT1) with independent on-chip clock source •...
Page 16: Abbreviations
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Overview Abbreviations The following acronyms and terms are used within this document. List see in Table Table 2 Acronyms Acronyms Name Arm® Advanced High-Performance Bus CCU6 Capture Compare Unit 6 Clock Generation Unit CLKMU Clock Management Unit...
Page 17 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Overview Table 2 Acronyms (cont’d) Acronyms Name Program Status Word Pull Up Pulse Width Modulation Random Access Memory Reset Control Unit reserved for future use Reset Management Unit Read Only Memory System Control Unit Short Open Window (for WDT1) Serial Peripheral Interface...
Page 18: Block Diagram
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Block Diagram Block Diagram P0.0 TEST / DEBUG INTERFACE FLASH SRAM CORTEX-M0 systembus slave slave slave Multilayer AHB Matrix slave slave PBA0 PBA1 P2.x (ANx) ADC10B VBAT_SENSE P0.x UART1 GPIO DPP1 P1.x CCU6...
Page 19: Device Pinout And Pin Configuration
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Device Pinout and Pin Configuration Device Pinout and Pin Configuration Device Pinout P2.1 37 24 P0.4 N.C. 38 23 P0.3 P2.0 39 22 P0.2 21 RESET N.C. 40 N.C. 41 20 P0.0 / SWD _CLK VDDC 42 19 GNDP...
Page 20: Pin Configuration
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Device Pinout and Pin Configuration Pin Configuration After reset, all pins are configured as input (except supply and LIN pins) with one of the following settings: • Pull-up enabled only (PU) •...
Page 21 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Device Pinout and Pin Configuration Table 3 Pin Definitions and Functions (cont’d) Symbol Type Reset Function Number State P1.4 GPIO General Purpose IO Alternate function mapping see Table 219 Port 2 Port 2 is an 8-Bit general purpose input-only port.
Page 22 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Device Pinout and Pin Configuration Table 3 Pin Definitions and Functions (cont’d) Symbol Type Reset Function Number State High-Side Switch / Low-Side Switch Outputs Hi-Z Low-Side switch output 1 Hi-Z Low-Side Switch output 2 Hi-Z High-Side Switch output 1...
Page 23: Modes Of Operation
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Modes of Operation Modes of Operation This highly integrated circuit contains analog and digital functional blocks. For system and interface control an embedded 32-Bit Cortex®-M0 microcontroller is included. For internal and external power supply purposes, on-chip low drop-out regulators are existent.
Page 24 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Modes of Operation Reset Mode The Reset Mode is a transition mode e.g. during power-up of the device after a power-on reset. In this mode the on-chip power supplies are enabled and all other modules are initialized. Once the core supply VDDC is stable, the Active Mode is entered.
Page 25 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Modes of Operation Table 4 Power Mode Configurations (cont’d) Module/function Active Mode Sleep Mode Stop Mode Comment ON/OFF – LIN TRx ON/OFF wake-up only / OFF wake-up only/ – MONx (wake-up) n.a.
Page 26: Device Register Types
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Device Register Types Device Register Types The following register types are used within this device. List see in Table Table 5 Register Types Bit-type Meaning Read Write Bit-set Bit-clear Bit-clear access access by HW...
Page 27 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Device Register Types Table 5 Register Types (cont’d) Bit-type Meaning Read Write Bit-set Bit-clear Bit-clear access access by HW by HW from SW from SW from SW (bus) (bus) rwpw only writable from SW after yes, but (covered by...
Page 28: Power Management Unit (Pmu)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Power Management Unit (PMU) Features • System modes control (startup, sleep, stop and active) • Power management (cyclic wake) • Control of system voltage regulators with diagnosis (overload, short, overvoltage) •...
Page 29: Block Diagram
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) 6.2.1 Block Diagram The following figure shows the structure of the Power Management Unit. Table 6 describes the submodules more detailed. Power Down Supply VDDP Power Supply Generation Unit (PGU) VDDC e.g.
Page 30 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Table 6 Description of PMU Submodules (cont’d) Mod. Modules Functions Name Power Supply Voltage regulators for VDDP and This block includes the voltage regulators for the pad Generation VDDC supply (VDDP) and the core supply (VDDC).
Page 31: Pmu Modes Overview
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) 6.2.2 PMU Modes Overview The following state diagram shows the available modes of the device. > 4V and V ramp up < 3V and V ramp down LIN-wake or MON-wake or start-up...
Page 32 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Sleep Mode The Sleep Mode is the power saving mode where the lowest power consumption is achieved. In this mode the PMU resets all system functionalities and switches off all voltage supplies (VDDP, VDDC, VDDEXT) which are generated in the PMU.
Page 33 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Sense. If these synchronous wake-up events are configured then the power consumption of the PMU increases in Sleep Mode. The increased current consumption is caused by an oscillator which generates the needed time base (typ.
Page 34 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) (load jumps) of the PMU internally generated voltage supplies are very limited. The corresponding limitation is given by the external buffer capacitor at the VDDC/VDDP pin. In case of a 330 nF buffer capacitor at VDDC the allowable load jump is 300µA/ms.
Page 35 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) LP_CLK VDDP VDDC 1.5V reduced voltage stabl e startup stabl e SUPPLY_STATUS Stop Active startup SYSTEM_STATE Figure 9 Stop Mode Wakeup Timing The wake-up features to terminate the Stop Mode are equivalent to those which are used for Sleep-exit. The asynchronous wake-up works using a LIN message or an event (rising edge/falling edge) at one of the MON inputs.
Page 36 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) sensing time the PMU evaluates the corresponding GPIO. In case of a valid wake-up signal the PMU goes to Active Mode and the application software takes control over the system. If no valid wake-up information is available, then the external supply VDDEXT switches off until the configured sensing period starts again.
Page 37: Power Supply Generation
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Power Supply Generation (PGU) As shown in the diagram below the Power Supply Generation consists of the following modules: Submodules of PSG are: • Power Down Supply: independent analog supply voltage generation for Power Control Unit logic, for VDDP Regulator and for VDDC Regulator.
Page 38 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Features • 5 V low-drop voltage regulator • Overcurrent monitoring and shutdown with MCU signalling (Interrupt) • Overvoltage monitoring with MCU signalling (Interrupt) • Undervoltage monitoring with MCU signalling (Interrupt) •...
Page 39: Voltage Regulator 1.5V (Vddc)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) 6.3.2 Voltage Regulator 1.5V (VDDC) This module represents the 1.5 V voltage regulator, which provides the supply for the microcontroller core, digital peripherals and other chip internal analog 1.5 V functions (e.g. ADC). Features •...
Page 40: External Voltage Regulator 5.0V (Vddext)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) 6.3.3 External Voltage Regulator 5.0V (VDDEXT) This module represents the 5 V voltage regulator, which serves as a supply for external circuits. It can be used e.g.
Page 41: Power-On Reset Concept
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) 6.3.4 Power-on Reset Concept ca. 4V 1.5V PMU_1V5DidPOR LP_Clk VDDP ca. 3.5V VDDC 1.5V fail stable SUPPLY_STATUS RESET_PIN PMU_RESET_STS Down Start-up Active SYSTEM_STATE Figure 14 Power-on Reset Concept User Manual Rev.
Page 42: Pmu Register Overview
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) 6.3.5 PMU Register Overview Table 7 Register Address Space for PMU Registers Module Base Address End Address Note 50004000 50004FFF Power Management Unit Registers SCUPM 50006000 50006FFF Power Management Unit Registers...
Page 43 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) PMU_ PMU_ PMU_ PMU_ PMU_ PMU_ 5V_F 5V_O 5V_O 1V5_ 1V5_ 1V5_ AIL* VER* VER* FAI* OVE* OVE* Field Bits Type Description 31:7 Reserved Always read as 0 PMU_5V_FAIL_EN Enabling of VDDP status information as interrupt source...
Page 44 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Field Bits Type Description PMU_1V5_OVERLOAD Overload at VDDC regulator Note: if this flag is set and an additional filter time of 290 us (typ.) is passed the system will be put to sleep mode.
Page 45 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) VDDP [V] OV_PREWARN UV_PREWARN UV (= Reset Threshold ) t [100ms] VDDP_OV_PREWARN VPPD_OV VDDP_UV_PREWARN VDDP_UV Figure 15 VDDP User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 46: Vddext Control Register
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) VDDC [V] OV_PREWARN UV_PREWARN UV (= Reset Threshold ) t [100ms] VDDC_OV_PREWARN VPPC _OV VDDC_UV_PREWARN VDDC_UV Figure 16 VDDC 6.3.6.2 VDDEXT Control Register The VDDEXT can be fully controlled by the following SFR Register, including all diagnosis functions. User Manual Rev.
Page 47 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) VDDEXT Control PMU_VDDEXT_CTRL Offset Reset Value VDDEXT Control Table 10 VDDE VDDE VDDE VDDE VDDE VDDE VDDE VDDE VDDE VDDE VDDE XT_* XT_* XT_* XT_* XT_* XT_* XT_* XT_*...
Page 48: Power Control Unit
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Field Bits Type Description VDDEXT_FAIL_EN Enabling of VDDEXT Supply status information as interrupt source VDDEXT fail interrupts are disabled VDDEXT fail Interrupts are enabled VDDEXT_CYC_EN VDDEXT Supply for Cyclic Sense Enable Note: To use VDDEXT Supply for cyclic sense the bits VDDEXT_CYC_EN AND VDDEXT_ENABLE...
Page 49: Watchdog (Wdt1) Fail Safe
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) PCU supervision function will set the device into Sleep Mode. In this case the device is still wakeable by LIN and MON input. After a wake-up, if the PMU can be successfully restarted and code execution will be possible, the user is able to determine the occurred failure scenario by checking the corresponding PMU_WFS register.
Page 50 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) One fail safe measure to wake-up the embedded system from the Stop-Mode can be executed by hardware reset. If there is a reset request on the reset-pin then the PMU goes to Active Mode. Simultaneously, the embedded system gets a reset which is shown by forcing the bidirectional reset-pin.
Page 51: Register Definition
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) 6.4.1.6 Register Definition Table 11 Register Overview Register Short Name Register Long Name Offset Address Reset Value Register Definition, PMU System Fail Register PMU_HIGHSIDE_CTRL High-Side Control Register 0000 0000 PMU_WFS WFS System Fail Register...
Page 52 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Field Bits Type Description WDT1_SEQ_FAIL External Watchdog (WDT1) Sequential Fail Indicates that Watchdog is not serviced 5 times No Fail, System working properly Sequential Watchdog Fail, 5 consecutive watchdog fails SYS_OT System Overtemperature Indication Flag...
Page 53: Wake-Up Management Unit (Wmu)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Field Bits Type Description 31:11 Reserved Always read as 0 HS2_CYC_EN High-side 2 switch enable for cyclic sense Disable, Enable, Reserved Always read as 0 HS1_CYC_EN High-side 1 switch enable for cyclic sense Disable, Enable,...
Page 54 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) 1. Port 2 pins cannot invoke any wake-up. 2. None of the GPIOs is supplied during Sleep Mode, therefore wake-up is not possible through them. P0.X, P1.X PMU-WMU Figure 18 Block Diagram of Wake-up Management Unit in Cyclic Sense Mode with VDDEXT.
Page 55: Register Definition
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) 6.5.1 Register Definition These registers are for wake-up control of all wake-up capable general purpose inputs outputs The WMU is fully controllable by the below listed SFR Registers. Table 14 Register Overview Register Short Name...
Page 56: Pmu Wake Up Configuration Register
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) 6.5.1.1 PMU Wake Up Configuration Register This register is dedicated for the control of the PMU Peripherals User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 57 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Wake Configuration GPIO Port 1 Register PMU_WAKE_CNF_GPIO1 Offset Reset Value Wake Configuration GPIO Port 1 Register Table 15 CYC_ CYC_ CYC_ CYC_ FA_4 FA_2 FA_1 FA_0 RI_4 RI_2 RI_1...
Page 58 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Field Bits Type Description FA_0 Port 1_0 Wake-up on Falling Edge enable ENABLE, wake-up enabled DISABLE, wake-up disabled Reserved Always read as 0 RI_4 Port 1_4 Wake-up on Rising Edge enable ENABLE, wake-up enabled DISABLE, wake-up disabled Reserved...
Page 59 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) PMU Wake-up Timing Register These registers are for wake-up control of all wake-up capable general purpose inputs outputs PMU_CNF_WAKE_FILTER Offset Reset Value PMU Wake-up Timing Register Table 16 CNF_GPI CNF_...
Page 60: Pmu Wake Up Status Register
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Always read as 0 LIN_EN Lin Wake enable Disable, Enable, Reserved Always read as 0 Table 17 RESET of PMU_LIN_WAKE_EN Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name...
Page 61 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Field Bits Type Description VDDEXT_UV Wake VDDEXT Undervoltage Note: this register is cleared automatically by read operation No wake-up detected, wake-up detected, VDDEXT_OT Wake VDDEXT Overtemperature Note: this register is cleared automatically by read operation...
Page 62 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Field Bits Type Description MON2_WAKE_STS Status of MON2 Note: this register is cleared automatically by read operation. The user has to clear this flag before entering power saving modes otherwise the device will stay in active No wake-up detected, wake-up detected,...
Page 63: Gpio Port Wake Up Status Register
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Table 18 RESET of PMU_WAKE_STATUS Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_1 00000000 RESET_TYPE_1 6.5.1.3 GPIO Port Wake Up Status Register GPIO Port wake status register PMU_GPIO_WAKE_STATUS Offset...
Page 64 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Table 19 RESET of PMU_GPIO_WAKE_STATUS Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_1 00000000 RESET_TYPE_1 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 65: Cyclic Management Unit (Cmu)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Cyclic Management Unit (CMU) The cyclic management unit is responsible for controlling the timing sequence in cyclic sense or cyclic wake operation. The unit operates with the LP_CLK2 clock. 6.6.1 Cyclic Sense Mode To select a dedicated MONx pin for cyclic sense mode, the bit MONx_CYC must be set in the corresponding...
Page 66: Configuration Of Cyclic Sense Mode
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Dead Cycle Sense MONx LP_CLK VDDC 1.5V reduced voltage PMU_RESET_STS RESET PIN HS_ON HS_CYC_ON HS_State SYSTEM_STATE Stop Active Stop Timin g_Diagram_Stop_Mo de_Exit_Cyclic_Sense_Customer.vsd Figure 19 Timing Diagram for Cyclic Sense 6.6.1.1 Configuration of Cyclic Sense Mode The configuration of cyclic sense mode is shown in...
Page 67 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Configure MONx for Cyclic Sense (set MONx _CTRL_STS) Configure Cyclic Sense timer (set CNF _CYC_SENSE==8´hxx) Enable cyclic sense mode (set PMU_WAKEUP_CTRL==8´h08) Enable and turn on hs switch (HS1_CTRL==8´h05) Sleep Mode Wakeup has occurred?
Page 68: Cyclic Wake Mode
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) 6.6.2 Cyclic Wake Mode Cyclic Wake mode provides a synchronous wake-up after a predefined time interval in Sleep Mode or Stop Mode. Once the time interval is elapsed the PMU enters the Startup Mode and proceeds to Active Mode where the software takes over the system control.
Page 69: Cyclic Mode Configuration Registers (Cycmu)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) 6.6.3.1 Cyclic Mode Configuration Registers (CYCMU) Cyclic Sense Mode Configuration: The off time (dead time) in Cyclic Sense Mode is calculated by following formula: ⋅ ⋅ where E1E0 represent...
Page 70 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) CYC_SENSE_ CYC_WAK CYC_WAKE_M03 S_DEL E_E01 CYC_SEN CYC_ CYC_ EN_0 WAKE CYC_SENSE_M03 SE_E01 SEN* WAK* V9_N _W_* Field Bits Type Description 31:27 Reserved Always read as 0 CYC_SENSE_S_DEL 26:24 Sample Delay in Cyclic Sense Mode...
Page 71 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Field Bits Type Description CYC_SENSE_M03 11:8 Mantissa Mantissa value is calculated as CYC_SENSE_M03 +1 0000 Mantissa value is 1 1111 Mantissa value is 16 Reserved Always read as 0 Reserved Always read as 0 Reserved for Future Use...
Page 72: Reset Management Unit (Rmu)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Reset Management Unit (RMU) The RMU controls the reset behavior of the entire device. The master reset of the device is the power-on reset of the PMU itself. This reset is generated by the Power Down Supply and it is released when the battery voltage (Vs) reaches the minimum supply voltage for Active Mode.
Page 73 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) In case of a Sleep Mode exit a similar sequence used for battery ramp-up starts. If this sequence ends successfully then the PMU also releases the reset of the MCU. From the MCU point of view there is no difference to the battery ramp-up.
Page 74 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) The third hardware related reset source is the pin-reset. The pad itself is supplied by the VDDP domain which is available in Active Mode and Stop Mode. Therefore the reset-pin can be used in Active Mode and Stop Mode only.
Page 75: Register Definition
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Out of these above listed resets mainly five reset types are derived: • RESET_TYPE_0 contains: – PMU_1V5DidPOR: this reset is issued when the power down supply detects undervoltage •...
Page 76: Reset Management Unit Registers (Rmu)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) 6.7.1.1 Reset Management Unit Registers (RMU) The Reset Pin is a bidirectional signal. Every reset will be signaled on that pin for a few 100 ns. In order to avoid any reset deadlock situation there is a programmable reset blind time, where no hardware pin reset will be recognized and indicated in PMU_RESET_STS.
Page 77 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Field Bits Type Description RST_TFB Reset Pin Blind Time Selection Bits These bits select the blind time for the reset input sampling. RST_TFB_0, 0.5 µs typ. RST_TFB_1, 1 µs typ.
Page 78 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Reset Status Register The PMU_RESET_STS register shows every executed reset request. The PMU writes the corresponding register bit of an executed reset. To clear the information of the PMU_RESET_STS register the user must overwrite the corresponding bit with a logic zero.
Page 79 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Field Bits Type Description PMU_ClkWDT Clock Watchdog (CLKWDT) Reset Flag No Clock Watchdog reset executed Clock Watchdog reset executed PMU_LPR Low Priority Resets Note: Low Priority Resets are PMU_SOFT & LOCKUP Low Priority-Reset executed Low Priority executed...
Page 80: Pmu Data Storage Area
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) PMU Data Storage Area The PMU provides the possibility for the system to store data in registers which will retain their values, when the device is set to sleep mode. In sum there are 12 x 8 Bit available. 6.8.1 Register Definition Table 25...
Page 81 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) Field Bits Type Description DATA1 15:8 DATA1 Storage Byte 2nd byte of storage area DATA0 DATA0 Storage Byte 1st byte of storage area Table 26 RESET of PMU_GPUDATA0to3 Register Reset Type Reset Values...
Page 82 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Power Management Unit (PMU) DATA11 DATA10 DATA9 DATA8 Field Bits Type Description DATA11 31:24 DATA11 Storage Byte 12th byte of storage area DATA10 23:16 DATA10 Storage Byte 11th byte of storage area DATA9 15:8 DATA9 Storage Byte...
Page 83: System Control Unit - Digital Modules (Scu-Dm)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Features • Flexible clock configuration features • Reset management of all system resets • System modes control for all power modes (active, power down, sleep) •...
Page 84: Block Diagram
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.2.1 Block Diagram on signals to digital peripherals; status signals from digital peripherals AMBA AHB INTISR <9:0> fpclk fsys Baudrate Generator / LIN Frame Detection LP_CLK PMU_1V5DidPOR PMU_PIN...
Page 85 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) – Reset_Type_3; Peripheral reset (contains all resets) – Reset_Type_4; Peripheral reset (without SOFT) • Baudrate generator: – f ; Baudrate clock for UART •...
Page 86: Scu Register Overview
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.2.2 SCU Register Overview This chapter contains an overview of all SCU Registers. 7.2.2.1 Register Map Table 30 lists the addresses of the SCU SFRs. Table 29 shows the SCU module base address.
Page 87 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Table 30 Register Overview SCU Module (cont’d) Register Short Name Register Long Name Offset Address Reset Value SCU_ADC1_CLK ADC1 Peripheral Clock Register Table 49 SCU_SYSCON0 System Control Register 0 Table 44...
Page 88 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Table 30 Register Overview SCU Module (cont’d) Register Short Name Register Long Name Offset Address Reset Value SCU_MEM_ACC_STS Memory Access Status Register Table 115 SCU_P0_POCON0 Port Output Control Register Table 93...
Page 89: Clock Generation Unit
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Clock Generation Unit The Clock Generation Unit (CGU) provides a flexible clock generation for TLE984xQX. During user program execution the frequency can be programmed for an optimal ratio between performance and power consumption.
Page 90: High Precision Oscillator Circuit (Osc_Hp)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.3.2 High Precision Oscillator Circuit (OSC_HP) The high precision oscillator circuit, designed to work with both an external crystal oscillator or an external stable clock source, consists of an inverting amplifier with XTAL1 as input, and XTAL2 as output.
Page 91: Phase-Locked Loop (Pll) Module
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.3.3 Phase-Locked Loop (PLL) Module This section describes the TLE984xQX PLL module. The clock f is generated in one of the following PLL configured modes: •...
Page 92 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Internal Oscillator (OSC_PLL) Divider Divider Core Divider Lock- Detection Divider PLL_block Figure 28 PLL Block Diagram The reference frequency f can be selected to be taken either from the internal oscillator f or from an external clock source f The PLL uses up to three dividers to set the system frequency f...
Page 93 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) • PLL_CON.LOCK = 1 If f is selected as the clock source for system frequency f , the user should enable PLL in normal mode as default.
Page 94 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) General Configuration Overview The divider values and all necessary other values can be configured via the PLL configuration registers. In TLE984xQX the P factor can be programmed to the values 4, 5 or 6. Table 33 shows all possible values for the P factor and gives the valid input frequency range f...
Page 95 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Table 35 N Loop Division Rates (cont’d) for f 0.96 1.23 not allowed not allowed not allowed 0.94 not allowed not allowed not allowed 0.85 1.09 not allowed...
Page 96: Oscillator Watchdog
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Table 37 K1 Divisor Table for f Duty Cycle 40 - 60 others not accessible For different source oscillator, the selection of f = 16 MHz, 20 MHz, 25 MHz, 37.5 MHz and 40 MHz is shown in Table Table 38...
Page 97: Pll Vco Lock Detection
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) By setting bit OSC_CON.OSCWDTRST the oscillator watchdog can be restarted without a reset of the complete PLL. The detection status output is only valid after some cycles of f 7.3.3.4 PLL VCO Lock Detection The PLL has a lock detection that supervises the VCO part of the PLL in order to differentiate between stable...
Page 98: Oscillator Watchdog Event Or Pll Loss Of Lock Detection
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) PDIV or NDIV, it must be waited for the PLL lock condition. This procedure is typically used for increasing the VCO clock step-by-step. 7.3.3.7 Oscillator Watchdog Event or PLL Loss of Lock Detection In case of detection of too low frequency of the external clock source f...
Page 99 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 3. If desired, (re-)configure the PLL divider settings. 4. Setting the restart lock detection bit PLL_CON.RESLD = 1 5. Waiting until the PLL VCO part becomes locked (PLL_CON.LOCK = 1) 6.
Page 100: Clock Control Unit
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.3.4 Clock Control Unit The Clock Control Unit (CCU) receives the clock from the PLL f , the external input clock f , the internal input clock f , or the low-precision input clock f .
Page 101 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Analog Subsystem / PBA0 / PBA1 UART 1/2, Timer 2/21, Baudgen 1/2 Clock APCLK2FAC Control Unit TFILT_CLK TFILT_CLK Analog Peripherals MI_CLK APCLK1FAC PCLK2 MI_CLK MI_CLK Measurement...
Page 102: Clock Tree
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.3.4.1 Clock Tree PBA1 PBA1 PBA1 SCU_PM PCLK PCLK SCU_DM - AHB PCLK MI_CLK ADC2 MI_CLK PCLK TFILT_CLK SCU_DM / BaudRateGen TFILT_CLK SCU_PM - CLKWDT PCLK PCLK TFILT_CLK...
Page 103: Startup Control For System Clock
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.3.4.2 Startup Control for System Clock Typically when the TLE984xQX starts up after reset, the LP_CLK is selected by hardware to provide the system frequency f .
Page 104: Cgu Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.3.6 CGU Registers The registers of the clock generation unit for PLL and oscillator control is not affected by the soft reset. Therefore the system clock configuration and frequency is maintained across these types of reset. Unless otherwise stated, the reset value as stated for the following registers apply only with Power-On reset, Brown-Out reset, Hard reset, WDT1 reset or Wake-up reset.
Page 105 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description OSC2L OSC-Too-Low Condition Flag The Oscillator Watchdog monitors the f OSC. On OSC-too-low detection (OSC2L: 0 →1) and VCOBYP = 1 and OSCSS = 01, PLL switches to freerunning mode.
Page 106: Pll Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.3.6.2 PLL Registers These registers control the PLL configuration or settings. PLL Control Register SCU_PLL_CON Offset Reset Value PLL Control Register Table 41 UNPR UNPR VCOB...
Page 107 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description NDIV rwpw PLL N-Divider This is a PASSWD protected bit. When the protection scheme (see Chapter 7.14) is activated (default), this bit cannot be written directly.
Page 108 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description LOCK PLL Lock Status Flag Notes 1. In case of a loss of VCO lock the f goes to the upper boundary of the selected VCO band if the reference clock input is greater as expected.
Page 109 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Clock Control Register 1 SCU_CMCON1 Offset Reset Value Clock Control Register 1 Table 42 K1DI PDIV K2DIV CLKREL rwpw rwpw rwpw Field Bits Type Description 31:10...
Page 110 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description K2DIV rwpw PLL K2-Divider This is a PASSWD protected bit. When the protection scheme (see Chapter 7.14) is activated (default), this bit cannot be written directly.
Page 111 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Clock Control Register 2 SCU_CMCON2 Offset Reset Value Clock Control Register 2 Table 43 PBA0 CLK* rwpw Field Bits Type Description 31:1 Reserved This bit field is always read as zero.
Page 112: System Clock Control Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.3.6.3 System Clock Control Registers The clock source for the system is selected via register SYSCON0. System Control Register 0 SCU_SYSCON0 Offset Reset Value System Control Register 0 Table 44 SYSCLKS...
Page 113 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description NVMCLKFAC NVM Access Clock Factor This bit field defines the factor by which the system clock is divided down, with respect to the synchronous NVMACCCLK clock.
Page 114: Analog Peripherals Clock Control Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.3.6.4 Analog Peripherals Clock Control Registers The clock frequency for the analog modules is selected via register APCLK. The APCLK is used as operating clock for all analog peripherals.
Page 115 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Analog Peripheral Clock Register The clock source for the analog modules is selected via register APCLK. SCU_APCLK Offset Reset Value Analog Peripheral Clock Register Table 46 BGCL BGCL...
Page 116 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description APCLK2FAC 12:8 Slow Down Clock Divider for TFILT_CLK Generation This setting is effective only when the APCLK_SET = 1. Other bit combinations equivalent.
Page 117 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Table 46 RESET of SCU_APCLK Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_4 00000000 RESET_TYPE_4 Table 47 Possible Clock Configurations Scenarios [MHz] pclk [MHz]...
Page 118 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) ADC1 Peripheral Clock Register SCU_ADC1_CLK Offset Reset Value ADC1 Peripheral Clock Register Table 49 DPP1_CL ADC1_CLK_DIV K_DIV Field Bits Type Description 31:10 Reserved Returns 0 if read;...
Page 119 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Analog Peripheral Clock Status Register The clock source for the analog modules is selected via register APCLK0 and APCLK1. SCU_APCLK_STS Offset Reset Value Analog Peripheral Clock Status Register Table 50 PLL_...
Page 120 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description APCLK2STS Analog Peripherals Clock Status This bit field reflects the analog peripheral clock source status that is used as system clock for the analog module operation.
Page 121 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Analog Peripheral Clock Status Clear Register The clock source for the analog modules is selected via register APCLK0 and APCLK1. SCU_APCLK_SCLR Offset Reset Value Analog Peripheral Clock Status Clear Table 51 Register...
Page 122: External Clock Control Register
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.3.6.5 External Clock Control Register This register controls the setting of external clock for CLKOUT. Clock Output Control Register SCU_COCON Offset Reset Value Clock Output Control Register Table 52 COUT...
Page 123 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description COREL Clock Output Divider 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 Table 52 RESET of...
Page 124: Reset Control
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Reset Control This section describes the types of reset and the effects of each reset on the TLE984xQX. 7.4.1 Types of Reset The following reset types are recognized by the TLE984xQX. •...
Page 125 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Table 53 Effect of Reset on Modules/Functions Module/ Power-On/ Wake-up Hardware WDT1 Reset Soft Reset Function Brown-Out Reset Reset Reset CPU Core except reset except except reset except reset...
Page 126: Functional Description Of Reset Types
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.4.4 Functional Description of Reset Types This section describes the definition and controls depending on the reset source. 7.4.4.1 Power-On / Brown-out Reset Power-on reset is the highest level reset whereby the whole system is powered up and reset.
Page 127: Reset Register Description
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.4.5 Reset Register Description Reset Control Register SCU_RSTCON Offset Reset Value Reset Control Register Table 54 LOCK LOCK UP_* rwpw Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved...
Page 128: Booting Scheme
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.4.6 Booting Scheme After any power-on reset, brown-out reset, hardware reset, WDT1 reset or wake-up reset, the pins TMS, P0.0, P0.2 together choose different modes. Table 55 shows the boot selection options available in the TLE984xQX.
Page 129: Power Management
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Power Management This section describes the features and functionality provided for power management of the device. 7.5.1 Overview The TLE984xQX power-management system allows software to configure the various processing units so that they automatically adjust to draw the minimum necessary power for the application.
Page 130: Functional Description
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) In Sleep Mode, the power supply to the whole MCU subsystem is removed. On detection of wake-up event, a system reset is generated and the MCU is reset to default configuration then restart operation as initialized. The priority for entry to the power-save modes starting from the highest is Sleep Mode, Stop Mode, then Idle Mode.
Page 131 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Active Mode Set Flag PMCON0.PD/SL Send Event Execute WFE instruction to Stop Mode clear Event Latch Execute WFE instruction to Stop Mode enter Stop/Sleep Mode Stop/Sleep Mode Figure 33...
Page 132: Sleep Mode
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.5.2.2.1 Usage of Arm® Core Low Power Modes for Stop and Sleep Mode The Arm® Core provides two low power modes, which are Sleep and Deep sleep. For stop mode of the system the Deep sleep will be used.
Page 133: Register Description
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.5.3 Register Description Power Mode Control Register 0 SCU_PMCON0 Offset Reset Value Power Mode Control Register 0 Table 56 XTAL rwpw rwh1 rwh1 Field Bits Type...
Page 134 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description XTAL_ON OSC_HP Operation in Power Down Mode This provides user the option for reduced power consumption in the Power Down mode. It must be noted that the startup time of OSC_HP can be in the range of some milliseconds.
Page 135: Interrupt Management
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Interrupt Management This section describes the management of interrupts by the system control unit. 7.6.1 Overview The Interrupt Management sub-module in the SCU controls the non-core-generated interrupt requests to the core.
Page 136: Extended Interrupts
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) EINTx EXINTx IRCONy INTx IEN0/1 EXINTx EXICON0/1/2 Figure 35 Interrupt Request Generation of External and Peripheral Interrupts 7.6.1.2 Extended Interrupts Extended interrupts are for non-core on-chip peripherals for core-external trigger of interrupt requests to the core.
Page 137 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Table 58 Interrupt Vector Table (cont’d) Service Request Node ID Description ADC1 ADC10 Bit interrupt CCU0 CCU6 node 0 interrupt CCU1 CCU6 node 1 interrupt CCU2 CCU6 node 2 interrupt CCU3...
Page 138: Interrupt Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.6.3 Interrupt Registers Interrupt registers are used for interrupt node enable, external interrupt control, interrupt flags and interrupt priority setting. Table 59 Register Address Space Module Base Address End Address...
Page 139: Interrupt Node Enable Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.6.3.1 Interrupt Node Enable Registers Register IEN0 contains the global interrupt masking bit (EA), which can be cleared to block all pending interrupt requests at once. The NMI interrupt vector is shared by a number of sources, each of which can be enabled or disabled individually via register NMICON.
Page 140 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Interrupt Enable Register 0 SCU_IEN0 Offset Reset Value Interrupt Enable Register 0 Table 61 Field Bits Type Description Global Interrupt Mask All pending interrupt requests (except NMI) are blocked from the core.
Page 141 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Vector Table Reallocation Register SCU_VTOR Offset Reset Value Vector Table Reallocation Register Table 62 VTOR_BY Field Bits Type Description 31:2 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. VTOR_BYP Vector Table Bypass Mode VTOR is not remapped (ROM) (Start Address:...
Page 142 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) NMI Control Register SCU_NMICON Offset Reset Value NMI Control Register Table 63 NMIS NMIE NMIM NMIO NMIO NMIN NMIP Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Returns 0 if read;...
Page 143: External Interrupt Control Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.6.3.2 External Interrupt Control Registers The external interrupts are driven into the TLE984xQX from the ports. External interrupts can be positive, negative or double edge triggered. Register EXICON0 specifies the active edge for the external interrupt. If the external interrupt is positive (negative) edge triggered, the external source must hold the request pin low (high) for at least one CCLK cycle, and then hold it high (low) for at least one CCLK cycle to ensure that the transition is recognized.
Page 144 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description EXINT0 External Interrupt 0 Trigger Select Interrupt disabled Interrupt on rising edge Interrupt on falling edge Interrupt on both rising and falling edge Table 64 RESET of SCU_EXICON0...
Page 145 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description MON2 MON2 Input Trigger Select external interrupt MON is disabled. Interrupt on rising edge. Interrupt on falling edge. Interrupt on both rising and falling edge. MON1 MON1 Input Trigger Select external interrupt MON is disabled.
Page 146: Interrupt Flag Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.6.3.3 Interrupt Flag Registers The interrupt flags for the different interrupt sources are located in several special function registers. This section describes the interrupt flags located in system registers or external interrupts belonging to system. Other interrupt flags located in respective module registers are described in the specific module chapter.
Page 147 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description EXINT0F Interrupt Flag for External Interrupt 0x on falling edge This bit is set by hardware and can only be cleared by software.
Page 148 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description EXINT1FC Interrupt Flag for External Interrupt 1x on falling edge This bit is set by hardware and can only be cleared by software.
Page 149 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description MON5F Interrupt Flag for MON5x on falling edge This bit is set by hardware and can only be cleared by software.
Page 150 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description MON1R Interrupt Flag for MON1x on rising edge This bit is set by hardware and can only be cleared by software.
Page 151 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description MON4RC Interrupt Flag for MON4x on rising edge This bit is set by hardware and can only be cleared by software.
Page 152 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Interrupt Request Register 2 SCU_IRCON2 Offset Reset Value Interrupt Request Register 2 Table 71 RIR1 TIR1 EIR1 Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Returns 0 if read;...
Page 153 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Interrupt Request Register 2 Clear SCU_IRCON2CLR Offset Reset Value Interrupt Request 2 Clear Register Table 72 RIR1 TIR1 EIR1 Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Returns 0 if read;...
Page 154 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Interrupt Request Register 3 SCU_IRCON3 Offset Reset Value Interrupt Request Register 3 Table 73 RIR2 TIR2 EIR2 Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Returns 0 if read;...
Page 155 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Interrupt Request Register 3 Clear SCU_IRCON3CLR Offset Reset Value Interrupt Request 3 Clear Register Table 74 RIR2 TIR2 EIR2 Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Returns 0 if read;...
Page 156 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Interrupt Request Register 4 SCU_IRCON4 Offset Reset Value Interrupt Request Register 4 Table 75 CCU6 CCU6 CCU6 CCU6 Field Bits Type Description 31:21 Reserved Returns 0 if read;...
Page 157 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Table 75 RESET of SCU_IRCON4 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_3 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 158 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Interrupt Request Register 4 Clear SCU_IRCON4CLR Offset Reset Value Interrupt Request 4 Clear Register Table 76 CCU6 CCU6 SR3C SR2C CCU6 CCU6 SR1C SR0C Field Bits...
Page 159 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Table 76 RESET of SCU_IRCON4CLR Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_3 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 160 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Interrupt Request Register 5 SCU_IRCON5 Offset Reset Value Interrupt Request Register 5 Table 77 WAKE Field Bits Type Description 31:1 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. WAKEUP Interrupt Flag for Wakeup This bit is set by hardware and can only be cleared by...
Page 161 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Interrupt Request Register 5 Clear SCU_IRCON5CLR Offset Reset Value Interrupt Request 5 Clear Register Table 78 WAKE Field Bits Type Description 31:1 Reserved Returns 0 if read;...
Page 162 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Timer and Counter Control/Status Register SCU_GPT12IRC Offset Reset Value Timer and Counter Control/Status Register Table 79 GPT1 GPT2 GPT2 GPT1 GPT1 GPT1 Field Bits Type Description...
Page 163 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Table 79 RESET of SCU_GPT12IRC Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_3 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 164 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Timer and Counter Control/Status Register SCU_GPT12ICLR Offset Reset Value Timer and Counter Control/Status Clear Table 80 Register GPT1 GPT2 GPT2 GPT1 GPT1 GPT1 2CRC Field Bits...
Page 165 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Table 80 RESET of SCU_GPT12ICLR Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_3 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 166 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) NMI Status Register Each NMI event and status flag is retained across soft reset. This includes all the flags of NMISR register: FNMIPLL, FNMINVM, FNMIOCDS, FNMIOWD, FNMIMAP, and indirectly, FNMIECC and FNMISUP. In the case of NMIs with shared source i.e.
Page 167 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description FNMIOT Overtemperature NMI Flag This bit is set by hardware and can only be cleared by software. As this is a shared NMI source, this flag should be cleared after checking and clearing the corresponding event flags.
Page 168 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) NMI Status Clear Register SCU_NMISRCLR Offset Reset Value NMI Status Clear Register Table 82 FNMI FNMI FNMI FNMI FNMI FNMI FNMI SUPC ECCC MAPC OWDC NVMC...
Page 169 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description FNMIOTC Overtemperature NMI Flag This bit is set by hardware and can only be cleared by software. As this is a shared NMI source, this flag should be cleared after checking and clearing the corresponding event flags.
Page 170: Interrupt Related Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.6.4 Interrupt Related Registers Several interrupt related registers are located in the SCU. 7.6.4.1 Interrupt Event Enable Control Peripheral Interrupt Enable Register 1 SCU_MODIEN1 Offset Reset Value...
Page 171 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Table 83 RESET of SCU_MODIEN1 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_3 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 172 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Peripheral Interrupt Enable Register 2 SCU_MODIEN2 Offset Reset Value Peripheral Interrupt Enable Register 2 Table 84 TIEN RIEN EXIN TIEN RIEN T2_* Field Bits Type Description...
Page 173 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Peripheral Interrupt Enable Register 3 SCU_MODIEN3 Offset Reset Value Peripheral Interrupt Enable Register 3 Table 85 Field Bits Type Description 31:1 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. External Interrupt Enable disabled enabled...
Page 174 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Peripheral Interrupt Enable Register 4 SCU_MODIEN4 Offset Reset Value Peripheral Interrupt Enable Register 4 Table 86 Field Bits Type Description 31:1 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. External Interrupt Enable disabled enabled...
Page 175 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Monitoring Input Interrupt Enable Register SCU_MONIEN Offset Reset Value Monitoring Input Interrupt Enable Register Table 85 MON5 MON4 MON3 MON2 MON1 Field Bits Type Description 31:5...
Page 176 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) General Purpose Timer 12 Interrupt Enable Register SCU_GPT12IEN Offset Reset Value General Purpose Timer 12 Interrupt Enable Table 88 Register CRIE T6IE T5IE T4IE T3IE T2IE...
Page 177: Nmi Event Flags Handling
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) • NMISR • IRCON0, IRCON1, IRCON3, IRCON4 • EXICON0 • MODIEN1, MODIEN2 All registers, except MODIENx, are described in the Interrupt System Chapter 13.8.
Page 178: General Port Control
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) General Port Control The SCU contains control registers for the selection of: • alternate input functions of UART, Timers and External Interrupts (Section 7.7.1) •...
Page 179 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description U_TX_CONDIS UART1 TxD Connection Disable UART1-TX-Output -LIN Transmitter TX Input Connection available. UART1-TX-Output -LIN Transmitter TX Input Connection not available (can be stimulated by external port pin).
Page 180 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Peripheral Input Select Register 1 SCU_MODPISEL1 Offset Reset Value Peripheral Input Select Register 1 Table 90 T21E T2EX XTAL XCON 12EN rwpw Field Bits Type Description...
Page 181 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Table 90 RESET of SCU_MODPISEL1 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_3 RESET_TYPE_4 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_4 User Manual Rev.
Page 182 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Peripheral Input Select Register 2 SCU_MODPISEL2 Offset Reset Value Peripheral Input Select Register 2 Table 91 T21EXIS T2EXIS T21IS T2IS Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved...
Page 183 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Table 91 RESET of SCU_MODPISEL2 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_3 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 184 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Peripheral Input Select Register 3 SCU_MODPISEL3 Offset Reset Value Peripheral Input Select Register 3 Table 92 URIO Field Bits Type Description 31:7 Reserved Returns 0 if read;...
Page 185: Port Output Control
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.7.2 Port Output Control Px_POCONy registers controls the output driver strength for each of the bidirectional port pin through the bit field PDMn, where x denotes the port number and n denotes the pin number. Port Output Control Register SCU_P0_POCON0 Offset...
Page 186 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description P0_PDM3 14:12 P0.3 Port Driver Mode Code Driver Strength and Edge Shape Strong driver and sharp edge mode Strong driver and medium edge mode Strong driver and soft edge mode Weak driver Medium driver...
Page 187 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 1) Defines the current the respective driver can deliver to the external circuitry. 2) Defines the switching characteristics to the respective new output driver. This also influences the peak currents through the driver when producing an edge, i.e.
Page 188 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Port Output Control Register SCU_P1_POCON0 Offset Reset Value Port Output Control Register Table 94 P1_PDM4 P1_PDM2 P1_PDM1 P1_PDM0 Field Bits Type Description 31:19 Reserved Returns 0 if read;...
Page 189 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description P1_PDM1 P1.1 Port Driver Mode Code Driver Strength and Edge Shape Medium driver Not used Not used Weak driver Medium driver Medium driver Medium driver...
Page 190 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Temperature Compensation Control Register The TCCR register controls the temperature compensation of all the output port pins with strong drivers, i.e. on a device level. The TCCR register has no effect on output port pIns that operate in the weak and medium driver modes.
Page 191: Gpt12 T3In/T4In Input Pin Function Selection
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.7.3 GPT12 T3IN/T4IN Input Pin Function Selection GPT12PISEL register control the selection of the input pin functions of T3INB and T4IND in GPT12. GPT12 Peripheral Input Select Register SCU_GPT12PISEL Offset...
Page 192: Differential Unit Trigger Enable (Only Tle9845Qx)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Table 96 RESET of SCU_GPT12PISEL Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_3 Differential Unit Trigger Enable (only TLE9845QX) The Differential Unit inside DPP1 module requires enable signals for telling the processing when to accept and calculate a new result based on an incoming trigger signal.
Page 193 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description 31:27 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. DU4TRIGGEN 26:24 Differential Unit Trigger Enable Note: These bits configure the enable input of the differential unit.
Page 194 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. DU1TRIGGEN Differential Unit Trigger Enable Note: These bits configure the enable input of the differential unit.
Page 195: Flexible Peripheral Management
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Flexible Peripheral Management The Flexible Peripheral Management sub-module provides the system designer greater control on the operational status of each individual digital peripheral. Peripherals which are not required for a particular functionality can be disabled by programming the assigned register bits which would gate off the clock inputs.
Page 196: Peripheral Management Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.9.1 Peripheral Management Registers Peripheral Management Control Register SCU_PMCON Offset Reset Value Peripheral Management Control Register Table 98 T21_ SSC2 GPT1 T2_D CCU_ SSC1 ADC1 _DIS...
Page 197 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description ADC1_DIS ADC1 Disable Request. Active high. ADC1 is in normal operation. (default) Request to disable the ADC. Table 98 RESET of SCU_PMCON Register Reset Type...
Page 198: Module Suspend Control
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.10 Module Suspend Control When the On-Chip Debug Support (Debug Mode) is in Monitor Mode (halted_o from Arm® debug), timers in certain modules in TLE984xQX can be suspended based on the settings of their corresponding module suspend bits in register MODSUSP.
Page 199 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description T2_SUSP Timer2 Debug Suspend Bit Timer2 will not be suspended. Timer2 will be suspended. T13SUSP Timer 13 Debug Suspend Bit When suspended, additionally the T13 PWM output is set to inactive level.
Page 200: Baud-Rate Generator
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.11 Baud-rate Generator The baud-rate generator in SCU is used to generate the baud rate for the UART module. See Chapter 19.6 the functional description. The SCU contains two of this registers. One is dedicated for UART1 and the other for UART2.
Page 201 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Table 100 RESET of SCU_BCON1 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_3 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 202: Baud-Rate Generator Timer/Reload Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Baud Rate Control Register 2 SCU_BCON2 Offset Reset Value Baud Rate Control Register 2 Table 101 BR2_ BR2_PRE Field Bits Type Description 31:4 Reserved Returns 0 if read;...
Page 203 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) BG should only be written if R = 0. Also this register should be present twice. One is for UART1 and the other for UART2.
Page 204 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Baud Rate Timer/Reload Register, Low Byte 2 SCU_BGL2 Offset Reset Value Baud Rate Timer/Reload Register, Low Byte Table 103 BG2_FD_SEL Field Bits Type Description 31:5 Reserved...
Page 205 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Baud Rate Timer/Reload Register SCU_BG1 Offset Reset Value Baud Rate Timer/Reload Register Table 104 BG1_BR_VALUE Field Bits Type Description 31:11 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. BG1_BR_VALUE 10:0 Baud Rate Timer/Reload Value UART1...
Page 206 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Baud Rate Timer/Reload Register SCU_BG2 Offset Reset Value Baud Rate Timer/Reload Register Table 105 BG2_BR_VALUE Field Bits Type Description 31:11 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. BG2_BR_VALUE 10:0 Baud Rate Timer/Reload Value UART2...
Page 207: Lin Break And Sync Byte Detection
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.12 LIN Break and Sync Byte Detection Hardware logic is implemented in the SCU to support LIN Break and Synch Byte detection. See Chapter 19.7 for the functional description.
Page 208 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description SYNEN End of SYN Byte and SYN Byte Error Interrupts Enable End of SYN Byte and SYN Byte Error Interrupts are not enabled.
Page 209: Error Detection And Correction Control For Memories
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) LIN Status Clear Register SCU_LINSCLR Offset Reset Value LIN Status Clear Register Table 107 ERRS EOFS BRKC Field Bits Type Description 31:6 Reserved Returns 0 if read;...
Page 210: Error Detection And Correction Control Register
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.13.1 Error Detection and Correction Control Register The EDCCON register determines the generation of an NMI due to double bit ECC error when read these memories.
Page 211: Error Detection And Correction Status Register
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.13.2 Error Detection and Correction Status Register The EDCSTAT register contains the status flags of ECC errors when read these memories. The corresponding flags for the IRAM are not more necessary, because IRAM was removed.
Page 212 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Table 109 RESET of SCU_EDCSTAT Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_4 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_4 Error Detection and Correction Status Clear Register SCU_EDCSCLR Offset Reset Value...
Page 213 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Table 110 RESET of SCU_EDCSCLR Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_3 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 214: Miscellaneous Control
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) 7.14 Miscellaneous Control This module consists of the Bit-Protection Scheme and general system control SFRs. 7.14.1 Bit Protection Register The Bit-Protection Scheme disallows direct software writing of selected bits (i.e. Protected bits) by the SFR PASSWD.
Page 215: System Control And Status Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description PW_MODE Bit-Protection Scheme Control Bit These two bits cannot be written directly. To change the value between 11 and 00 , the bit field PASS must be written with 11000 , only then the MODE[1:0] will be...
Page 216 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) System Startup Status Register It contains the main system control and status bits. SCU_SYS_STRTUP_STS Offset Reset Value System Startup Status Register Table 113 PG10 MRAM INIT...
Page 217 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Table 113 RESET of SCU_SYS_STRTUP_STS Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_3 RESET_TYPE_4 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_4 User Manual Rev.
Page 218 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) NVM Protection Status Register This register reflects the NVM Protection Status. It is written by firmware only. SCU_NVM_PROT_STS Offset Reset Value NVM Protection Status Register Table 114 CBSL LIN_...
Page 219 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Field Bits Type Description DIS_RDUS Configuration of NVM Read Protection for Sector 1...n with EN_RD_* = 0 only active when nvm_read_unsafe_i = 1 and not for nvm_read_unsafe_i = 0 independent from nvm_read_unsafe_i;...
Page 220 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Table 114 RESET of SCU_NVM_PROT_STS Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_4 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_4 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 221 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Memory Access Status Register This register reflects the Memory Access Status of all System Memories. Software can only clear this register. SCU_MEM_ACC_STS Offset Reset Value Memory Access Status Register Table 115...
Page 222 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Identity Register The Identity Register identifies the product and versioning. SCU_ID Offset Reset Value Identity Register Table 116 PRODID VERID Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved...
Page 223 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Memory Status Register The Memory Status Register can be used in two ways. Upon the completion of the Boot ROM startup following a reset, the register stores the NVM initialization status. Subsequently, the register can be used by the user code to store the status of the NVM program and emergency program operation status.
Page 224 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM) Emergency and Program Operation Status Register This register indicates the emergency and program operation status. For Boot ROM to indicate NVM initialization status upon completion of startup: SCU_EMOP Offset Reset Value...
Page 225: System Control Unit - Power Modules (Scu-Pm)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) Description of the Power Modules System Control Unit The System Control Unit of the power modules consists of the following sub-modules: •...
Page 226: Clock Watchdog Unit (Cwu)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) • check of TFILT_CLK = clock used for digital filters: derived out of f by configurable division factors ICU (Interrupt Control Unit) • PREWARN_SUP_NMI = generation of Prewarn-Supply NMI •...
Page 227: Functional Description Of Clock Watchdog Module
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) Clock Watchdog (SCU_PM) SCUPM_AMCLK_TH_HYS. {1,2,3, 4} AMCLK2_UP_TH APCLK2_DIV CLK WDT2 SCUPM_AMCLK_TH_HYS. SCU_PM AMCLK2_LOW_TH TFILT _CLK APCLK2_DIV {1,2,3,4} SCUPM_AMCLK_TH_HYS. AMCLK1_UP_TH APCLK1_DIV CLK WDT1 SCUPM_AMCLK_TH_HYS. AMCLK2_LOW_TH fsys MI_CLK...
Page 228: Clock Generation Unit Register
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) 8.3.2 Clock Generation Unit Register The analog module clock generation unit is fully controllable by the register described in this chapter. Table 119 shows the module base addresses.
Page 229 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) Field Bits Type Description AMCLK2_FREQ 13:8 Current frequency of Analog Module Clock 2 (TFILT_CLK) 0.09375 Mhz * AMCLK2_FREQ Reserved Always read as 0 AMCLK1_FREQ Current frequency of Analog Module Clock System Clock (MI_CLK)
Page 230 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) AMCLK2_ AMCLK2_ AMCLK2_LOW_TH AMCLK2_UP_TH LOW_HYS UP_HYS AMCLK1_ AMCLK1_ AMCLK1_LOW_TH AMCLK1_UP_TH LOW_HYS UP_HYS Field Bits Type Description AMCLK2_LOW_HYS 31:30 Analog Module Clock 2 (TFILT_CLK) Lower Hysteresis AMCLK2_LOW_TH 29:24 Analog Module Clock 2 (TFILT_CLK) Lower Limit...
Page 231: Interrupt Control Unit (Icu)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) Field Bits Type Description 31:26 Reserved Always read as 0 STCALIB 25:0 System Tick Calibration [25]: Noref [24] Skew [23:0] Reload value to use for 10ms (100 Hz) timing STCALIB[23:0] = HCLK (in Hz) / 100 Hz - 1, e.g.
Page 232 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) > =1 10Bit ADC-Voltage- Monitoring > =1 VS_UV_IS VS_OV_IS >= 1 >= 1 MI-Voltage-Monitoring > =1 VDDC_UV_IS VDDC_OV_IS > =1 >= 1 VDDEXT _UV_IS VDDEXT _OV_IS >...
Page 233: Interrupt Control Unit Status Register
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) 8.4.2 Interrupt Control Unit Status Register All analog modules interrupt functionality is described in this chapter. Table 125 Register Overview Register Short Name Register Long Name Offset Reset Value...
Page 234 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) System Interrupt Status Register SCUPM_SYS_IS Offset Reset Value System Interrupt Status Register Table 126 SYS_ SYS_ LIN_ HS2_ HS1_ LS2_ LS1_ OT_* OTW* FAI* FAI* FAI*...
Page 235 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) Field Bits Type Description HS1_FAIL_STS High Side Driver 1 Fail Status Note: This flag is an OR combination of HS1_OT_STS and HS1_OL_STS INACTIVE, no status set ACTIVE, at least one status set LS2_FAIL_STS Low Side Driver 2 Fail Status...
Page 236 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) Field Bits Type Description LIN_FAIL_IS LIN Fail Interrupt Status Note: This flag is an OR combination of LIN_OC_IS and LIN_OT_IS INACTIVE, no status set ACTIVE, at least one status set Reserved Always read as 0...
Page 237 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) System Supply Interrupt Status Register SCUPM_SYS_SUPPLY_IRQ_STS Offset Reset Value System Supply Interrupt Status Register Table 127 VDDE VDD1 VDD5 VS_O VBAT VDDE VDD1 VDD5 VS_U VBAT...
Page 238 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) Field Bits Type Description VBAT_UV_STS rwhxr VBAT Undervoltage Status No Undervoltage , occurred Undervoltage , occurred 15:10 Reserved Always read as 0 VDDEXT_OV_IS rwhxre VDDEXT Overvoltage Interrupt Status No Overvoltage Interrupt, occurred Overvoltage Interrupt, occurred...
Page 239: Interrupt Control Unit - Interrupt Clear Register
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) 8.4.2.2 Interrupt Control Unit - Interrupt Clear Register The Analog Module Interrupts can be cleared by their corresponding enable bits which are located in Registers: •...
Page 240 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) Field Bits Type Description Reserved Always read as 0 Table 128 RESET of SCUPM_SYS_ISCLR Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 00000000...
Page 241 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) System Supply Interrupt Status Clear Register SCUPM_SYS_SUPPLY_IRQ_CLR Offset Reset Value System Supply Interrupt Status Clear Table 129 Register VDDE VDD1 VDD5 VS_O VBAT VDDE VDD1 VDD5...
Page 242 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) Field Bits Type Description VBAT_UV_SC VBAT Undervoltage Status clear No Clear , Clear , 15:10 Reserved Always read as 0 VDDEXT_OV_ISC VDDEXT Overvoltage Interrupt Status clear No Clear , Clear , VDD1V5_OV_ISC...
Page 243: Interrupt Control Unit - Interrupt Enable Register
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) 8.4.2.3 Interrupt Control Unit - Interrupt Enable Register The Analog Module Interrupts can be enabled and disabled by there corresponding enable bits which are located in Registers: •...
Page 244 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) System Supply Interrupt Control Register SCUPM_SYS_SUPPLY_IRQ_CTRL Offset Reset Value System Supply Interrupt Control Register Table 131 VDDE VDD1 VDD5 VS_O VBAT VDDE VDD1 VDD5 VS_U VBAT...
Page 245: Power Control Unit For Power Modules (Pcu_Pm)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) Field Bits Type Description VBAT_UV_IE VBAT Undervoltage Interrupt Enable Interrupt is disabled Interrupt is enabled Table 131 RESET of SCUPM_SYS_SUPPLY_IRQ_CTRL Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode...
Page 246: Overtemperature System Shutdown
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) PD_N & to analog module PD_N & to analog module Analog Peripheral Control Working Principle of PCU Figure 41 Function of AP_SUB_CTRL If the device will power up the analog modules statemachine will startup all analog modules. First of all, the reference voltage will be enabled.
Page 247 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) emergency procedure, which helps to minimize the power dissipation in the system. This routine would require to shutdown all modules which have big contribution to power dissipation (e.g. Low Sides, High Sides).
Page 248: Power Control Unit Register
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) 8.5.2 Power Control Unit Register The PCU is fully controllable by the below listed SFR Registers. Table 132 Register Overview Register Short Name Register Long Name Offset Reset Value...
Page 249 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM) Field Bits Type Description LIN_VS_UV_SD_DIS LIN Module VS Undervoltage Transmitter Shutdown Enable, Automatic Shutdown for Power modules in case of VS Undervoltage enabled Disable , Automatic Shutdown for Power modules in case of VS Undervoltage disabled Reserved...
Page 250: Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Features The key features of the Cortex®-M0 implemented are listed below. Processor Core. A low gate count core, with low latency interrupt processing: ® ®...
Page 251: Introduction
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Introduction The Arm® Cortex®-M0 processor is a leading 32-bit processor and provides a high-performance and cost- optimized platform for a broad range of applications including microcontrollers, automotive body systems and industrial control systems.
Page 252: Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core 9.3.1 Registers The processor has the following 32-bit registers: • 13 general-purpose registers, R0-R12 • Stack pointer (SP), R13 alias of banked registers, SP_process and SP_main • Link register (LR), R14 •...
Page 253 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Program Status Register Register PSR is the Program Status Register. Interrupt MaskRegister Register PRIMASK is the Interrupt Mask Register. Control Register Register CONTROL is the Control Register. User Manual Rev.
Page 254: Summary Of Processor Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Summary of Processor Registers The processor has the following 32-bit registers that control functionality: Table 134 Register Address SpaceAddress Space for Processor Registers Module Base Address End Address Note E000E000 E000EFFF...
Page 255 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core SysTick Control and Status Register CPU_SYSTICK_CSR Offset Reset Value SysTick Control and Status Register Table 136 COUN TFLA CLKS TICK ENAB OURC Field Bits Type Description 31:17 Reserved COUNTFLAG Count Flag...
Page 256 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core RELOAD RELOAD Field Bits Type Description 31:24 Reserved RELOAD 23:0 Reload Value to load into the SysTick Current Value Register when the counter is enabled and when it reaches 0, see Calculating the RELOAD Value.
Page 257 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Field Bits Type Description 31:24 Reserved CURRENT 23:0 Current Reads return the current value of the SysTick counter. A write of any value clears the field to 0, and also clears the SYST_CSR.COUNTFLAG bit to 0.
Page 258 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Table 139 RESET of CPU_SYSTICK_CALIB Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 X0XXXXXX RESET_TYPE_3 Exact Reset Values: XX00 0000 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX(B) Interrupt Set-Enable Register CPU_NVIC_ISER...
Page 259 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Field Bits Type Description Int_LS1 Interrupt Set for LS1 DISABLED, no effect on write ENABLE, enables the associated interrupt Reserved for future use Reserved for future use Int_WAKEUP Interrupt Set for WAKEUP DISABLED, no effect on write...
Page 260 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Field Bits Type Description Int_GPT2 Interrupt Set for GPT2 DISABLED, no effect on write ENABLE, enables the associated interrupt Int_GPT1 Interrupt Set for GPT1 DISABLED, no effect on write ENABLE, enables the associated interrupt Table 140 RESET of CPU_NVIC_ISER...
Page 261 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Field Bits Type Description Int_DU Interrupt Clear for Differential Unit DISABLE, on reads the associated interrupt is disabled, no effect on write ENABLE, on reads the associated interrupt is enabled, on writes the associated interrupt is disabled Int_HS2 Interrupt Clear for HS2...
Page 262 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Field Bits Type Description Int_UART2 Interrupt Clear for UART2 DISABLE, on reads the associated interrupt is disabled, no effect on write ENABLE, on reads the associated interrupt is enabled, on writes the associated interrupt is disabled Int_UART1 Interrupt Clear for UART1...
Page 263 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Field Bits Type Description Int_ADC2 Interrupt Clear for MU, ADC2 DISABLE, on reads the associated interrupt is disabled, no effect on write ENABLE, on reads the associated interrupt is enabled, on writes the associated interrupt is disabled Int_GPT2 Interrupt Clear for GPT2...
Page 264 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Field Bits Type Description Int_MON Interrupt Set Pending for MON Not Pending, on reads the associated interrupt is not pending, no effect on writes Pending, the associated interrupt is pending Int_DU Interrupt Set Pending for Differential Unit Not Pending, on reads the associated interrupt is not pending,...
Page 265 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Field Bits Type Description Int_UART1 Interrupt Set Pending for UART1 Not Pending, on reads the associated interrupt is not pending, no effect on writes Pending, the associated interrupt is pending Int_SSC2 Interrupt Set Pending for SSC2 Not Pending, on reads the associated interrupt is not pending,...
Page 266 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Table 142 RESET of CPU_NVIC_ISPR Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 00000000 RESET_TYPE_3 Interrupt Clear-Pending Register CPU_NVIC_ICPR Offset Reset Value Interrupt Clear-Pending Table 143 Int_ Int_...
Page 267 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Field Bits Type Description Int_HS1 Interrupt Clear Pending for HS1 Not Pending, on reads the associated interrupt is not pending, no effect on writes Pending, on reads the associated interrupt is pending, on writes the status of the associated interrupt is changed to not pending Int_LS2 Interrupt Clear Pending for LS2...
Page 268 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Field Bits Type Description Int_SSC2 Interrupt Clear Pending for SSC2 Not Pending, on reads the associated interrupt is not pending, no effect on writes Pending, on reads the associated interrupt is pending, on writes the status of the associated interrupt is changed to not pending Int_SSC1 Interrupt Clear Pending for SSC1...
Page 269 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Field Bits Type Description Int_GPT1 Interrupt Clear Pending for GPT1 Not Pending, on reads the associated interrupt is not pending, no effect on writes Pending, on reads the associated interrupt is pending, on writes the status of the associated interrupt is changed to not pending Table 143 RESET of CPU_NVIC_ICPR...
Page 270 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Interrupt Priority Register 1 CPU_NVIC_IPR1 Offset Reset Value Interrupt Priority Table 145 PRI_CCU PRI_CCU 6SR3 6SR2 PRI_CCU PRI_CCU 6SR1 6SR0 Field Bits Type Description PRI_CCU6SR3 31:30 Priority for CCU6 SR3 29:24 Reserved PRI_CCU6SR2 23:22...
Page 271 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core PRI_UAR PRI_UAR PRI_SSC PRI_SSC Field Bits Type Description PRI_UART2 31:30 Priority for CCU6 UART2 29:24 Reserved PRI_UART1 23:22 Priority for CCU6 UART1 21:16 Reserved PRI_SSC2 15:14 Priority for CCU6 SSC2 13:8 Reserved PRI_SSC1...
Page 272 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Field Bits Type Description 31:30 Reserved 29:24 Reserved PRI_WAKEUP 23:22 Priority for WAKEUP 21:16 Reserved PRI_EXINT1 15:14 Priority for External Int 1 13:8 Reserved PRI_EXINT0 Priority for External Int 0 Reserved Table 147 RESET of CPU_NVIC_IPR3...
Page 273 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Table 148 RESET of CPU_NVIC_IPR4 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 00000000 RESET_TYPE_3 Interrupt Priority Register 5 CPU_NVIC_IPR5 Offset Reset Value Interrupt Priority Table 149 PRI_POR...
Page 274 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core IMPLEMENTER VARIANT CONSTANT PARTNO REVISION Field Bits Type Description IMPLEMENTER 31:24 Implementer Code Assigned by Arm®. Read as 41 for a processor implemented by Arm®. VARIANT 23:20 Variant Number Implementation defined.
Page 275 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Field Bits Type Description NMIPENDSET 31 NMI Set Pending On writes, makes the NMI exception state pending. On reads, indicates the state of the exception. Note: Because NMI is the highest-priority exception, normally the processor enters the NMI exception handler as soon as it detects a write of 1 to this bit.
Page 276 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Field Bits Type Description ISRPENDING Interrupt Pending Flag Excluding NMI and Faults. interrupt not pending interrupt is pending 21:18 Reserved VECTPENDIN 17:12 VECTPENDING Indicates the exception number of the highest priority pending enabled exception.
Page 277 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core VECTKEY ENDI SYSR VECT ANNE ESET CLRA CTI* Field Bits Type Description VECTKEY 31:16 Vector Key Register writes must write 05FA to this field, otherwise the write is ignored.
Page 278 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core SEVO SLEE SLEE NPEN PDEE PONE Field Bits Type Description 31:5 Reserved SEVONPEND SEVONPEND Send event on pending bit. When an event or interrupt enters pending state, the event signal wakes up the processor from WFE.
Page 279 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Configuration Control Register CPU_CCR Offset Reset Value Configuration Control Register Table 154 STKA UNAL LIGN IGN_ Field Bits Type Description 31:10 Reserved STKALIGN STKALIGN Always reads as one, indicates 8-byte stack alignment on exception entry.
Page 280 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core PRI_11 Field Bits Type Description PRI_11 31:30 Priority of System Handler 11, SVCall 29:0 Reserved Table 155 RESET of CPU_SHPR2 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3...
Page 281 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Table 156 RESET of CPU_SHPR3 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 00000000 RESET_TYPE_3 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 282: Instruction Set Summary
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Instruction Set Summary This chapter provides the Instruction set. Table 157 shows the instructions and their cycle counts. The cycle counts are based on a system with zero wait states. Within the assembler syntax, depending on the operation, the <op2>...
Page 283 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Table 157 Instruction Set Summary (cont’d) Operation Description Mnemonic Cycles (without wait states) Rotate Rotate right ROR Rd, Rn, Rs Load Word LDR Rt, [Rn, <op2>] Halfword LDRH Rt, [Rn, <op2>] Byte LDRB Rt, [Rn, <op2>]...
Page 284 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core Table 157 Instruction Set Summary (cont’d) Operation Description Mnemonic Cycles (without wait states) Hint Send event Wait for event 1 + W Wait for interrupt 1 + W No operation Barriers Instruction synchronization...
Page 285: Address Space Organization
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Address Space Organization Address Space Organization The embedded Cortex®-M0 MCU offers the following address space organization: Figure 44 Original Cortex®-M0 Memory Map The TLE984xQX manipulates operands in the following memory spaces: •...
Page 286 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Address Space Organization The on-chip memory modules available in the TLE984xQX are: FFFF.FFFF reserved E010.0000 E00 F.FFFF Private Peripheral Bus E000.0000 DFFF.FFFF reserved 6000.0000 5FFF.FFFF PBA1 4800.0000 47FF.FFFF PBA0 4000.0000 3FFF.FFFF reserved 1800.1000...
Page 287 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Address Space Organization Table 158 Memory Map Start (hex) End (hex) Space Name Usage 0000_0000 0000_5FFF Code/Data Boot-ROM, 24 KBytes 0000_6000 10FF_FFFF Reserved Reserved 1100_0000 1100_FFFF Code/Data Flash, up to 64 KBytes 1101_0000 17FF_FFFF Reserved...
Page 288 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Address Space Organization Table 159 Peripheral Memory Map Bus Structure Modules Start Address End Address Peripherals 0 Reserved 40000000 40003FFF ADC1 40004000 40007FFF Reserved 40008000 4000BFFF CCU6 4000C000 4000FFFF GPT12 40010000 40013FFF Reserved...
Page 289: Memory Control Unit
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Memory Control Unit Memory Control Unit 11.1 Features • Provides Memory access to ROM, RAM, NVM, Config Sector through AHB-Lite Interface • MBIST for RAM • MBIST for ROM • NVM Configuration with Special Function Registers through AHB-Lite Interface •...
Page 290 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Memory Control Unit PBA0 Memory Protection Unit Sx: Bus Slave Mx: Bus Master Bus Matrix MCU_Block_Diagram_overview.vsd Figure 46 Memory Control Unit Block View Functional Features for RAM • 4 KB (product variant dependant) RAM •...
Page 291: Nvm Module (Flash Memory)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Memory Control Unit 11.3 NVM Module (Flash Memory) The Flash memory provides an embedded user-programmable non-volatile memory, allowing fast and reliable storage of user code and data. A complete description of the Flash memory features can be found in Chapter 11.4 BootROM Module...
Page 292: Ram Module
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Memory Control Unit 11.5 RAM Module The TLE984xQX RAM module provides physical implementation of the memory module as well as needed complementary features and interface towards the core. The module provides proper access through a 32-bit AHB-Lite data interface multiplexed on M0 system bus for code/data access.
Page 293: Memory Protection Unit (Mpu)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Memory Control Unit 11.6 Memory Protection Unit (MPU) The target of the memory protection scheme is to prevent unauthorized read out of critical data and user IPs from the BootROM and NVM as well as to prevent accidental memory data modification. The TLE984xQX protection scheme is divided in 2 parts interacting together.
Page 294: Bootrom Protection Mode
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Memory Control Unit For the TLE984xQX, the BootROM protection mode is always enabled (hardware default) and it can never be disabled. The NVM protection modes can instead be enabled separately for customer BSL, linear and non- linear mapped ranges.
Page 295: Nvm Protection Modes
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Memory Control Unit • Data reading instructions executed from • Data reading instructions executed from the BootROM can target itself, NVM or RAM • Data reading access issued by the debugger can target NVM or RAM In addition, to avoid an indirect leak of information by hacking through the debugger, breakpoints set and step through features are disabled on the BootROM.
Page 296 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Memory Control Unit • Data reading instructions executed from any other memory region (BootROM, RAM, Linear NVM and Non- Linear NVM) targeting the Customer BSL region • Data reading accesses triggered by debugger targeting the Customer BSL region Figure 49 shows all the data reading instructions authorized when both the BootROM and Customer BSL Region read protections are enabled.
Page 297 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Memory Control Unit In case the MPU and NVM control logic detect that the target address belongs to this region and that write protection is set, a proper alarm signal is forwarded to the NVM module to prevent the NVM state machine from accepting any program or erase command (including fast invalidation).
Page 298 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Memory Control Unit 11.6.2.2.3 NVM Non-Linear Protection Mode The NVM Non-Linear protection can be controlled via proper dedicated Password or via the NVMPROT_STS register as described in the Chapter 11.6.2.2.4. When its write protection is enabled, any operation capable to change the NVM values stored in this region is blocked.
Page 299 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Memory Control Unit If the BootROM, the Customer BSL, the NVM Linear and the NVM Non-Linear protection modes are enabled: • Data reading instructions executed from the Non-Linear NVM can target the RAM •...
Page 300: Firmware Protection Mode
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Memory Control Unit Even if user enables protection on a defined region at startup using the dedicated password, during the application code execution there might be the need to temporarily remove the protection to store some new code/data.
Page 301 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Memory Control Unit content due to the hardware protection scheme. In such a case, the BootROM based protection feature would recognize in firmware the protection settings and stop the routine providing a proper fail indication to the user code.
Page 302: Core Protection Mode
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Memory Control Unit 11.7 Core Protection Mode Chapter 11.6.2 Chapter 11.6.3 describe the protection against accidental or malicious read and write memory access implemented in hardware and software. The hardware implements a check of all direct access to the each memory region (even from debugger) granting access only when the target region is not protected.
Page 303: Nvm Module (Flash Memory)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications NVM Module (Flash Memory) NVM Module (Flash Memory) The Flash memory provides an embedded user-programmable non-volatile memory, allowing fast and reliable storage of user code and data. Features • In-System Programming via LIN (Flash mode) and SWD •...
Page 304 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications NVM Module (Flash Memory) User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 305: Definitions
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications NVM Module (Flash Memory) 12.1 Definitions This section defines the nomenclature and some abbreviations. The used flash memory is a non-volatile memory (“NVM”) based on a floating gate one-transistor cell. It is called “non-volatile” because the memory content is kept when the memory power supply is shut off.
Page 306 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications NVM Module (Flash Memory) Array(n-1)*4 kB sector n-1 Spare page Page 31 Page 30 sector 1 Page 1 sector 0 Page 0 1 page = 16 user data block + 1 mapping information block Map block Data block 0 Data block 1...
Page 307: Functional Description
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications NVM Module (Flash Memory) A spare page is an additional page in a sector used in each programming routine to allow tearing-safe programming. Sector A sector consists of 32 logical and 33 physical pages. 12.2 Functional Description The main tasks of the NVM module are reading form the memory array, writing to the assembly buffer,...
Page 308: Memory Cell Array
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications NVM Module (Flash Memory) Page Analog Sector Page Sector Address Sector Map-RAM Page Sector FSM + SFRs Cell Array Oscillator Assembly Buffer Protection logic Prefetch Unit AHB-Lite NVM AHB-Lite NVM Data interface SFR interface (32 bits)
Page 309: Sfr Accesses
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications NVM Module (Flash Memory) Employing the integrated EEPROM emulation using the map RAM, the minimum granularity of data that can be changed in the NVM is one byte, while all other bytes in the page do not change. Assembly Buffer The assembly buffer is a RAM that can hold the content of one page including the mapblocK.
Page 310: Memory Write
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications NVM Module (Flash Memory) If the block is not within the memory address range of the NVM module, the module does not react at all and a different memory module may handle the access. If the page accessed during a read is not mapped, an NVM_TRAP is triggered (e.g.
Page 311: Dynamic Address Scrambling
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications NVM Module (Flash Memory) BootROM (called Service Algorithm) is automatically started, identifies this tearing case of respective logical page and repairs the NVM state, ensuring that either the old or the new data (or both) are fully valid. 12.2.9 Dynamic Address Scrambling sector and logical...
Page 312: Hot Spot Distribution
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications NVM Module (Flash Memory) If the disturbs for a page exceed a specific value (this happens only when a different page in the same sector is programmed), the page has to be reprogrammed (refreshed). A dedicate option of the programming routines provided with the BootROM make sure that the pages are refreshed in time.
Page 313: Code And Data Access Through The Ahb-Lite Interface
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications NVM Module (Flash Memory) the register MEMSTAT to the user application. The user application has to evaluate the SCU_MEMTEST register in order to perform appropriate corrective actions if needed. Furthermore the register SCU_SYS_STRTUP_STS provides status information about the MapRAM Initialization function executed during start-up.
Page 314: Interrupt System
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Interrupt System 13.1 Features • Up to 24 interrupt nodes for on-chip peripherals • Up to 8 NMI nodes for critical system events • Maximum flexibility for all 24 interrupt nodes 13.2 Introduction 13.2.1...
Page 315 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Table 160 Interrupt Vector Table (cont’d) Service Request Node ID Description SSC1 SSC1 interrupt (receive, transmit, error) SSC2 SSC2 interrupt (receive, transmit, error) UART1 UART1 (ASC-LIN) interrupt (receive, transmit), t2, linsync1, LIN UART2 UART2 interrupt (receive, transmit), t21, External interrupt (EINT2) EXINT0...
Page 316: Functional Description
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.3 Functional Description 13.3.1 Interrupt Node Assignment 13.3.1.1 Interrupt Node 0 and 1 - GPT12 Timer Module GPT1_T2 GPT1T2 GPT12IRC.0 T2IE GPT12IEN.0 ≥1 GPT1_T3 GPT1T3 INTISR[0] GPT12IRC.1 T3IE GPT12IEN.1 GPT1_T4 GPT1T4...
Page 317: Interrupt Node 2 - Measurement Unit
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.3.1.2 Interrupt Node 2 - Measurement Unit REF1_STS. REFBG_LOTHWARN_STS REFBG LO SYS_IS. REFBG_LOTHWARN_IS SYS _IRQ_CTRL.REFBG_LOTHWARN_ IE ≥1 ≥1 INTISR[2] REF1_STS.REFBG_UPTHWARN_STS REFBG HI SYS _IS.REFBG_UPTHWARN_IS SYS _IRQ_CTRL.REFBG_ UPTHWARN_IE SCU_PM IEN0.31 InterruptRequestsource2_MU_N-.vsd Figure 58...
Page 318: Interrupt Node 3 - Adc10
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.3.1.3 Interrupt Node 3 - ADC10 ADC1_IRQEN_1.VS_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_1.VS_IS Control ADC1_IRQCLR_1.VS_ISC ADC1_IRQEN_2.VS_LO_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_2.VS_LO_IS Control ADC1_IRQCLR_2.VS_LO_ISC ADC1_IRQEN_2.VS_UP_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_2.VS_UP_IS Control ADC1_IRQEN_1.VS_IEN ADC1_IRQCLR_2.VS_UP_ISC ADC1_IRQEN_1.VBATSEN_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_1.VBATSEN_IS Control ADC1_IRQCLR_1.VBATSEN_ISC...
Page 319: Interrupt Node 4, 5, 6, 7 - Ccu6
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.3.1.4 Interrupt Node 4, 5, 6, 7 - CCU6 CCU6 Node 0 CCU6SR0 INTISR[4] IRCON3.0 CCU6 Node 1 CCU6SR1 INTISR[5] IRCON3.4 CCU6 Node 2 CCU6SR2 INTISR[6] IRCON4.0 CCU6 Node 3 CCU6SRC3 INTISR[7] IRCON4.4...
Page 320: Interrupt Node 8 And 9 - Ssc
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.3.1.5 Interrupt Node 8 and 9 - SSC SSC1 SSC_EIR1 EIR1 IRCON 2.0 EIREN1 MODIEN1.0 SSC_TIR1 TIR1 INTISR [8] ≥1 IRCON 2.1 TIREN 1 MODIEN1.1 SSC_RIR1 RIN1 IRCON2.2 RIREN1 MODIEN1.2 SSC2...
Page 321: Interrupt Node 10 - Uart1
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.3.1.6 Interrupt Node 10 - UART1 UART1 Receive SCON1.0 RIEN MODIEN2.0 UART1 Transmit SCON1.1 TIEN MODIEN2.1 Timer 2 Overflow T2_T2CON.7 TF2EN T2_T2CON1.1 ≥1 EXF2 T2EX T2_T2CON.6 EXEN2 EXF2EN ≥1 INTISR[10] T2_T2CON.3...
Page 322: Interrupt Node 11 - Uart2
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.3.1.7 Interrupt Node 11 - UART2 UART2 Receive SCON2.0 RIEN MODIEN2.6 UART2 Transmit SCON2.1 TIEN IRCON 0.5 / 0.4 MODIEN2.7 EXICON0.4/5 2 out of EINT2 EXINT2 INTISR [11] 3 Filter ≥1 IRCON0.2...
Page 323: Interrupt Node 12 And 13 - Interrupt
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.3.1.8 Interrupt Node 12 and 13 - Interrupt IRCON 0.1 / 0.0 2 out of >=1 EINT0 INTISR[12] 3 Filter EXICON0.1/0 IRCON 0.3 / 0.2 2 out of >=1 EINT1 INTISR[13]...
Page 324: Interrupt Node 17 And 18 - Ls1, Ls2
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.3.1.9 Interrupt Node 17 and 18 - LS1, LS2 IRQS.LS1_OC_IS LS1_overcurrent_ IRQEN.LS1_OC_IEN status (signal) IRQS.LS1_OT_IS LS1_OT_STS >=1 IRQEN.LS1_OT_IEN INTISR[17] IRQS.LS1_OT_PR LS1_OT_PREWARN_STS EWARN_IS IRQEN.LS1_OT_PREWARN_IEN LS1_OL_STS IRQS.LS1_OL_IS IRQEN.LS1_OL_IEN Low Side 1 IRQS.LS2_OC_IS LS2_overcurrent_ status (signal)
Page 325: Interrupt Node 19 And 20 - Hs1, Hs2
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.3.1.10 Interrupt Node 19 and 20 - HS1, HS2 IRQS.HS1_OC_IS HS1_overcurrent _status (signal) IRQEN.HS1_OC_IEN >=1 IRQS.HS1_OT_IS HS1_OT_STS INTISR[19] IRQEN.HS1_OT_IEN HS1_OL_STS IRQS.HS1_OL_IS IRQEN.HS1_OL_IEN High Side 1 IRQS.HS2_OC_IS HS2_overcurrent _status (signal) IRQEN.HS2_OC_IEN >=1 IRQS.HS2_OT_IS...
Page 326: Interrupt Node 21 - Dpp1
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.3.1.11 Interrupt Node 21 - DPP1 ADC1_IRQEN_1.DU1UP_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_1.DU1UP_IS Control ADC1_IRQCLR_1.DU1UP_ISC ADC1_IRQEN_1.DU1LO_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_1.DU1LO_IS Control ADC1_IRQCLR_1.DU1LO_ISC ADC1_IRQEN_1.DU2UP_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_1.DU2UP_IS Control ADC1_IRQCLR_1.DU2UP_ISC ADC1_IRQEN_1.DU2LO_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_1.DU2LO_IS Control ADC1_IRQCLR_1.DU2LO_ISC >=1...
Page 327: Interrupt Node 22 - Mon1
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.3.1.12 Interrupt Node 22 - MON1..5 IRCON1 0.1 / 0.0 2 out >=1 of 3 MON1 MON1IE Filter MONIEN.0 EXICON1.1/0 IRCON1 0.3 / 0.2 2 out >=1 MON2 of 3 MON2IE Filter...
Page 328: Interrupt Node 23 - Port2.X
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.3.1.13 Interrupt Node 23 - Port2.x ADC1_IRQEN_2.P2_1_UP_IEN P2_1_UP_STS ADC1_IRQS_2.P2_1_UP_IS ADC1_IRQCLR_2.P2_1_UP_ISC ADC1_IRQEN_2.P2_1_LO_IEN P2_1_LO_STS ADC1_IRQS_2.P2_1_LO_IS ADC1_IRQCLR_2.P2_1_LO_ISC ADC1_IRQEN_2.P2_2_UP_IEN P2_2_UP_STS ADC1_IRQS_2.P2_2_UP_IS ADC1_IRQCLR_2.P2_2_UP_ISC ADC1_IRQEN_2.P2_2_LO_IEN P2_2_LO_STS ADC1_IRQS_2.P2_2_LO_IS ADC1_IRQCLR_2.P2_2_LO_ISC ADC1_IRQEN_2.P2_3_UP_IEN P2_3_UP_STS ADC1_IRQS_2.P2_3_UP_IS ADC1_IRQCLR_2.P2_3_UP_ISC >=1 INTISR [23] ADC1_IRQEN_2.P2_3_LO_IEN P2_3_LO_STS ADC1_IRQS_2.P2_3_LO_IS...
Page 329: Non-Maskable Interrupt Request Source (Nmi)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.3.1.14 Non-Maskable Interrupt Request Source (NMI) PLL Loss-of-Lock FNMIPLL NMISR.1 NMIPLL NMICON.1 NVM Operation FNMINVM Complete NMISR.2 NMINVM NMICON.2 System FNMIOT Overtemperature NMISR.3 NMIOCDS NMICON.3 MI_CLK Watchdog Timer Overflow FNMIOWD >=1 Oscillator...
Page 330: Interrupt Flags Overview
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.3.1.15 Interrupt Flags Overview Table 162 All Interrupt Flags and Enable Service Request Node ID Level/Edge Duration SFR Flag Interrupt Enable Sensitive None Maskable Interrupts OT NMI SYS_OTWARN edge set until TEMPSENSE_CTRL.SYS_O...
Page 331 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Table 162 All Interrupt Flags and Enable (cont’d) Service Request Node ID Level/Edge Duration SFR Flag Interrupt Enable Sensitive VDDP_OVERVOL level set until PMU_SUPPLY_STS.PMU_ PMU_SUPPLY_STS.PMU_ cleared by 5V0_OVERVOLT 1V5_FAIL_EN software VDDP_OVERLOA...
Page 332 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Table 162 All Interrupt Flags and Enable (cont’d) Service Request Node ID Level/Edge Duration SFR Flag Interrupt Enable Sensitive GPT12-T6 level 2 per_clk GPT2_T6: GPT12IEN:GPT12T6IE cycles SCU_GPT12IRC.GPT2T6 GPT12-CR level 2 per_clk GPT2_CR:...
Page 333 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Table 162 All Interrupt Flags and Enable (cont’d) Service Request Node ID Level/Edge Duration SFR Flag Interrupt Enable Sensitive ADC10-CH10 level set until ADC1_Interrupt_Control: ADC1_IE.ADC1_CH10_IE cleared by ADC1CH10_STS.ADC1_IR software ADC10-CH11 level...
Page 334 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Table 162 All Interrupt Flags and Enable (cont’d) Service Request Node ID Level/Edge Duration SFR Flag Interrupt Enable Sensitive UART1 Receive level copy of RI UART1: SCU_SCON1.RI UART1: MODIEN2.RIEN bit, set until cleared by...
Page 335 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Table 162 All Interrupt Flags and Enable (cont’d) Service Request Node ID Level/Edge Duration SFR Flag Interrupt Enable Sensitive INTISR<14> → Wakeup wakeup edge Wake: SCU_WAKECON.WAKEUP SCU_IRCON5.WAKEUP INTISR<17,18> → LS1, LS2 17_0 level set until...
Page 336 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Table 162 All Interrupt Flags and Enable (cont’d) Service Request Node ID Level/Edge Duration SFR Flag Interrupt Enable Sensitive WAKEUP 22_0 set until SCU_EXICON1.MON1 MONIEN.MON1IE cleared by software WAKEUP 22_1 set until...
Page 337: Interrupt Structure 1
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.4 Interrupt Structure An interrupt event source may be generated from the on-chip peripherals or from external. Detection of interrupt events is controlled by the respective on-chip peripherals. Interrupt status flags are available for determining which interrupt event has occurred, especially useful for an interrupt node which is shared by several event sources.
Page 338: Interrupt Source And Vector
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.5 Interrupt Source and Vector Each interrupt event source has an associated interrupt vector address for the interrupt node it belongs to. This vector is accessed to service the corresponding interrupt node request. The interrupt service of each interrupt node can be individually enabled or disabled via an enable bit.
Page 339 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Table 163 Interrupt Vector Address (cont’d) Interrupt Node Vector Assignment for TLE984xQX Enable Bit Address ERRSYN INTISR[11] XXXX UART2 Receive RIEN2 MODIEN2.6 UART2 Transmit TIEN2 MODIEN2.7 Timer 21 Overflow TF2EN/ T21T2CON1.1 T21EX...
Page 340 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Table 163 Interrupt Vector Address (cont’d) Interrupt Node Vector Assignment for TLE984xQX Enable Bit Address MON5 MON5IE MONIEN INTISR[23] Port2.1 P2_1_UP_IEN / ADC1_IRQEN_2 P2_1_LO_IEN Port2.2 P2_2_UP_IEN / ADC1_IRQEN_2 P2_2_LO_IEN Port2.3 P2_3_UP_IEN /...
Page 341: Interrupt Priority
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.6 Interrupt Priority An interrupt that is currently being serviced can only be interrupted by a higher-priority interrupt, but not by another interrupt of the same or lower priority. Hence, an interrupt of the highest priority cannot be interrupted by any other interrupt request.
Page 342: Interrupt Handling
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Table 165 Register Short Register Long Name Offset Address Reset Value name CPU_NVIC_IPR0 Interrupt Priority 0000 0000 CPU_NVIC_IPR1 Interrupt Priority 0000 0000 CPU_NVIC_IPR2 Interrupt Priority 0000 0000 CPU_NVIC_IPR3 Interrupt Priority 0000 0000 CPU_NVIC_IPR4...
Page 343: Interrupt Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.8 Interrupt Registers Interrupt registers are used for interrupt node enable, external interrupt control, interrupt flags and interrupt priority setting. Table 167 Register Address Space Module Base Address End Address Note 50005000...
Page 344: Interrupt Node Enable Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.8.1 Interrupt Node Enable Registers Register IEN0 contains the global interrupt masking bit (EA), which can be cleared to block all pending interrupt requests at once. The NMI interrupt vector is shared by a number of sources, each of which can be enabled or disabled individually via register NMICON.
Page 345 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System NMI Control Register SCU_NMICON Offset Reset Value NMI Control Register Table 170 NMIS NMIE NMIM NMIO NMIO NMIN NMIP Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. NMISUP Supply Prewarning NMI Enable Supply NMI is disabled.
Page 346: External Interrupt Control Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.8.2 External Interrupt Control Registers The external interrupts are driven into the TLE984xQX from the ports. External interrupts can be positive, negative or double edge triggered. Register EXICON0 specifies the active edge for the external interrupt. If the external interrupt is positive (negative) edge triggered, the external source must hold the request pin low (high) for at least one CCLK cycle, and then hold it high (low) for at least one CCLK cycle to ensure that the transition is recognized.
Page 347 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Field Bits Type Description EXINT0 External Interrupt 0 Trigger Select Interrupt disabled Interrupt on rising edge Interrupt on falling edge Interrupt on both rising and falling edge Table 171 RESET of SCU_EXICON0 Register Reset Type Reset Values...
Page 348 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Field Bits Type Description MON2 MON2 Input Trigger Select external interrupt MON is disabled. Interrupt on rising edge. Interrupt on falling edge. Interrupt on both rising and falling edge. MON1 MON1 Input Trigger Select external interrupt MON is disabled.
Page 349: Interrupt Flag Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System 13.8.3 Interrupt Flag Registers The interrupt flags for the different interrupt sources are located in several special function registers. This section describes the interrupt flags located in system registers or external interrupts belonging to system. Other interrupt flags located in respective module registers are described in the specific module chapter.
Page 350 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Field Bits Type Description EXINT0F Interrupt Flag for External Interrupt 0x on falling edge This bit is set by hardware and can only be cleared by software. Interrupt on falling edge event has not occurred. Interrupt on falling edge event has occurred.
Page 351 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Field Bits Type Description EXINT1FC Interrupt Flag for External Interrupt 1x on falling edge This bit is set by hardware and can only be cleared by software. Interrupt event is not cleared. Interrupt event is cleared EXINT1RC Interrupt Flag for External Interrupt 1x on rising edge...
Page 352 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Field Bits Type Description MON5F Interrupt Flag for MON5x on falling edge This bit is set by hardware and can only be cleared by software. Interrupt on falling edge event has not occurred. Interrupt on falling edge event has occurred.
Page 353 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Field Bits Type Description MON1R Interrupt Flag for MON1x on rising edge This bit is set by hardware and can only be cleared by software. Interrupt on rising edge event has not occurred. Interrupt on rising edge event has occurred.
Page 354 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Field Bits Type Description MON4RC Interrupt Flag for MON4x on rising edge This bit is set by hardware and can only be cleared by software. Interrupt event is not cleared. Interrupt event is cleared.
Page 355 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Interrupt Request Register 2 SCU_IRCON2 Offset Reset Value Interrupt Request Register 2 Table 178 RIR1 TIR1 EIR1 Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. Reserved Returns 0 if read;...
Page 356 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Interrupt Request 2 Clear Register SCU_IRCON2CLR Offset Reset Value Interrupt Request 2 Clear Register Table 179 RIR1 TIR1 EIR1 Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. Reserved Returns 0 if read;...
Page 357 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Interrupt Request Register 3 SCU_IRCON3 Offset Reset Value Interrupt Request Register 3 Table 180 RIR2 TIR2 EIR2 Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. Reserved Returns 0 if read;...
Page 358 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Interrupt Request 3 Clear Register SCU_IRCON3CLR Offset Reset Value Interrupt Request 3 Clear Register Table 181 RIR2 TIR2 EIR2 Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. Reserved Returns 0 if read;...
Page 359 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Interrupt Request Register 4 SCU_IRCON4 Offset Reset Value Interrupt Request Register 4 Table 182 CCU6 CCU6 CCU6 CCU6 Field Bits Type Description 31:21 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. CCU6SR3 Interrupt Flag 1 for CCU6 This bit is set by hardware and can only be cleared by...
Page 360 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Table 182 RESET of SCU_IRCON4 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_3 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 361 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Interrupt Request 4 Clear Register SCU_IRCON4CLR Offset Reset Value Interrupt Request 4 Clear Register Table 183 CCU6 CCU6 SR3C SR2C CCU6 CCU6 SR1C SR0C Field Bits Type Description 31:21 Reserved Returns 0 if read;...
Page 362 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Table 183 RESET of SCU_IRCON4CLR Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_3 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 363 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Interrupt Request Register 5 SCU_IRCON5 Offset Reset Value Interrupt Request Register 5 Table 184 WAKE Field Bits Type Description 31:1 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. WAKEUP Interrupt Flag for Wakeup This bit is set by hardware and can only be cleared by...
Page 364 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Interrupt Request 5 Clear Register SCU_IRCON5CLR Offset Reset Value Interrupt Request 5 Clear Register Table 185 WAKE Field Bits Type Description 31:1 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. WAKEUPC Clear Flag for Wakeup Interrupt This bit is set by hardware and can only be cleared by...
Page 365 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Timer and Counter Control/Status Register SCU_GPT12IRC Offset Reset Value Timer and Counter Control/Status Register Table 186 GPT1 GPT2 GPT2 GPT1 GPT1 GPT1 Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Returns 0 if read;...
Page 366 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Table 186 RESET of SCU_GPT12IRC Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_3 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 367 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Timer and Counter Control/Status Register SCU_GPT12ICLR Offset Reset Value Timer and Counter Control/Status Clear Table 187 Register GPT1 GPT2 GPT2 GPT1 GPT1 GPT1 2CRC Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Returns 0 if read;...
Page 368 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Table 187 RESET of SCU_GPT12ICLR Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_3 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 369 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System UART1 Control/Status Register Refer to Register UART_SCON Chapter SCU_SCON1 Offset Reset Value UART1 Control/Status Register Table 188 Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. Reserved Returns 0 if read;...
Page 370 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System UART2 Control/Status Register Refer to Register UART_SCON Chapter SCU_SCON2 Offset Reset Value UART2 Control/Status Register Table 189 Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. Reserved Returns 0 if read;...
Page 371 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System NMI Status Register SCU_NMISR Offset Reset Value NMI Status Register Table 190 FNMI FNMI FNMI FNMI FNMI FNMI FNMI Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. FNMISUP Supply Prewarning NMI Flag This flag is cleared automatically by hardware when the...
Page 372 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Field Bits Type Description FNMINVM NVM Operation Complete NMI Flag This bit is set by hardware and can only be cleared by software. No NVM NMI has occurred. NVM operation complete event has occurred.
Page 373 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System NMI Status Clear Register SCU_NMISRCLR Offset Reset Value NMI Status Clear Register Table 191 FNMI FNMI FNMI FNMI FNMI FNMI FNMI SUPC ECCC MAPC OWDC NVMC PLLC Field Bits Type Description...
Page 374: Interrupt Priority Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Interrupt System Field Bits Type Description FNMIOTC Overtemperature NMI Flag This bit is set by hardware and can only be cleared by software. As this is a shared NMI source, this flag should be cleared after checking and clearing the corresponding event flags.
Page 375: Watchdog Timer (Wdt1)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Watchdog Timer (WDT1) Watchdog Timer (WDT1) 14.1 Features In Active Mode, the WDT1 acts as a windowed watchdog timer, which provides a highly reliable and safe way to recover from software or hardware failures. The WDT1 is always enabled in Active Mode.
Page 376: Introduction
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Watchdog Timer (WDT1) 14.2 Introduction The behavior of the Watchdog Timer in Active Mode is depicted in Figure Power-up Reset RESET always timeout timeout RESET Trigger SOW Maximum number of SOW triggers exceeded Timeout RESET...
Page 377: Normal Operation
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Watchdog Timer (WDT1) 14.3.2 Normal Operation The software has to trigger the watchdog by writing to the WDT1_TRIG register. By triggering the watchdog also the length of the next watchdog period is selected inherently. The next period starts immediately with the trigger.
Page 378 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Watchdog Timer (WDT1) 50% of Watchdog Period 50% of Watchdog Period Nominal Watchdog Period closed window open window Minimum Watchdog Period closed window open window Maximum Watchdog Period closed window open window Safe Trigger Area closed window...
Page 379: Watchdog Register Overview
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Watchdog Timer (WDT1) Example: WDT_TRIG.SOWCONF = 10 „two successive Short Open Windows allowed“ Watchdog operation: Short Open Short Open Short Open closed window open window closed window closed window open window closed window window window...
Page 380 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Watchdog Timer (WDT1) 14.3.2.1.1 Watchdog Register WDT1 Watchdog Control SCUPM_WDT1_TRIG Offset Reset Value WDT1 Watchdog Control Table 194 SOWCONF WDP_SEL Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Always read as 0 SOWCONF Short Open Window Configuration DIS, Short Open Windows disabled...
Page 381: Gpio Ports And Peripheral I/O
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O This chapter describes the GPIO of the TLE984xQX. It contains the following sections: • Functional description of the GPIO Ports (see Section 15.2) •...
Page 382: Port 0 And Port 1
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O 15.2.1 Port 0 and Port 1 Figure 77 shows the block diagram of an TLE984xQX bidirectional port pin. Each port pin is equipped with a number of control and data bits, thus enabling very flexible usage of the pin.
Page 383 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O PUDSEL Pull - up / Pull-down Select Register Pull - up / Pull-down Control Logic PUDEN Pull - up / Pull-down Enable Register TCCR Temperature Compensation Control Register Px_POCONy Port Output...
Page 384: Port 2
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O 15.2.2 Port 2 Figure 78 shows the structure of an input-only port pin. Each P2 pin can only function in input mode. Register P2_DIR is provided to enable or disable the input driver. When the input driver is enabled, the actual voltage level present at the port pin is translated into a logic 0 or 1 via a Schmitt-Trigger device and can be read via the register P2_DATA.
Page 385 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Control Registers Data Registers Px_DIR Px_DATA Px_OD Px_PUDSEL Px_PUDEN Px_ALTSEL0 Px_ALTSEL1 Portx_Regs Figure 79 Port Registers Table 195 Port Registers Register Short Name Register Long Name Description Px_DATA Port x Data Register...
Page 386: Port Data Register
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O 15.3.1 Port Data Register Port x Data Register If a port pin is used as general purpose output, output data is written into register Px_DATA of port x. When the port pin is used as general purpose input, the value at a port pin can be read through the register Px_DATA.
Page 387: Direction Register
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Field Bits Type Description Portx Pin 0 Data Value Port x pin 0 data value = 0 Port x pin 0 data value = 1 Table 196 RESET of Px_DATA Register Reset Type...
Page 388 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Field Bits Type Description Bidirectional: Port x Pin 5 Direction Control or Input- only: Port x Pin 5 Driver Control Direction is set to input (default) or Input driver is enabled (default) Direction is set to output or Input driver is disabled Bidirectional: Port x Pin 4 Direction Control or Input-...
Page 389: Open Drain Control Register
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O 15.3.3 Open Drain Control Register Port x Open Drain Control Register Each pin in output mode can be switched to Open Drain Mode. If driven with 1, no driver will be activated and the pin output state depends on the internal pull-up/pull-down device setting;...
Page 390: Pull-Up/Pull-Down Device Register
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Field Bits Type Description Port 3 Pin n Open Drain Mode Normal Mode, , output is actively driven for 0 and 1 state (default) Open Drain Mode, , output is actively driven only for 0 state Port 2 Pin n Open Drain Mode Normal Mode, , output is actively driven for 0 and 1...
Page 391 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Px_PUDSEL Offset Reset Value Port x Pull-Up/Pull-Down Select Register Table 199 Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Always read as 0 Pull-Up/Pull-Down Select Port x Bit 7 Pull-down device is selected Pull-up device is selected Pull-Up/Pull-Down Select Port x Bit 6...
Page 392 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Port x Pull-Up/Pull-Down Enable Register Px_PUDEN Offset Reset Value Port x Pull-Up/Pull-Down Enable Register Table 200 Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Always read as 0 Pull-Up/Pull-Down Enable at Port x Bit 7 Pull-up or Pull-down device is disabled Pull-up or Pull-down device is enabled...
Page 393 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Table 200 RESET of Px_PUDEN Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 00000000 RESET_TYPE_3 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 394: Alternate Input Functions
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O 15.3.5 Alternate Input Functions The number of alternate functions that uses a pin for input is not limited. Each port control logic of an I/O pin provides several input paths: •...
Page 395 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Table 201 RESET of Px_ALTSELn (n=0-1) Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 00000000 RESET_TYPE_3 Table 202 Function of Bits Px_ALTSEL0.Pn and Px_ALTSEL1.Pn Px_ALTSEL0.Pn Px_ALTSEL1.Pn Function...
Page 396: Port Output Control
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O 15.3.7 Port Output Control Px_POCONy registers controls the output driver strength for each of the bidirectional port pin through the bit field PDMn, where x denotes the port number and n denotes the pin number. Port Output Control Register SCU_Px_POCON0 Offset...
Page 397 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Field Bits Type Description Px_PDM2 10:8 Px.x Port Driver Mode Code Driver Strength and Edge Shape Strong driver and sharp edge mode, Strong driver and medium edge mode, Strong driver and soft edge mode, Weak Driver, Medium Driver,...
Page 398: Tle984Xqx Port Implementation Details
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O 15.4 TLE984xQX Port Implementation Details 15.4.1 Port 0 15.4.1.1 Overview Port 0 is a general purpose bidirectional port. The port registers of Port 0 are shown in Table Control Registers Data Register...
Page 399 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Table 205 Port 0 Input/Output Functions Port Pin Input/Output Select Connected Signal(s) From/to Module P0.0 Input P0_DATA.P0 INP1 T12HR_0 CCU6 INP2 T4INA GPT12 INP3 T2_0 Timer 2 INP4 SWD_CLK...
Page 400 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Table 205 Port 0 Input/Output Functions (cont’d) Port Pin Input/Output Select Connected Signal(s) From/to Module P0.3 Input P0_DATA.P3 INP1 SSC1_S_SCK SSC1 INP2 T4EUDA GPT12 INP3 CAPINB GPT12 INP4...
Page 401: Port 0 Register Description
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O 15.4.1.3 Port 0 Register Description Table 206 Register Address Space Module Base Address End Address Note PORT 48028000 48029FFF Ports 5000 5000 5000 5FFF System Control Unit - Digital Modules Table 207 Register Overview Register Short Name...
Page 402 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Field Bits Type Description PP5_STS Port 0 Pin 5 Data Value (read back of Port Data when IO is configured as output) 0, Port 0 pin 5 data value = 0 1, Port 0 pin 5 data value = 1 PP4_STS Port 0 Pin 4 Data Value (read back of Port Data when IO...
Page 403 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Table 208 RESET of P0_DATA Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 000000XX RESET_TYPE_3 Direction Register P0_DIR Offset Reset Value Port 0 Direction Register Table 209 PP5_...
Page 404 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Field Bits Type Description PP0_INEN Port 0 Pin 0 Input Schmitt Trigger enable (only valid if IO is configured as output) 0, Schmitt Trigger is disabled (default) 1, Schmitt Trigger is enabled 15:6 Reserved...
Page 405 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Field Bits Type Description 31:6 Reserved Returns 0 if read. Port 0 Pin 5 Open Drain Mode Normal Mode, Output is actively driven for 0 and 1 state (default) Open Drain Mode, Output is actively driven only for 0 state...
Page 406 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Field Bits Type Description 31:6 Reserved Returns 0 if read. Pull-Up/Pull-Down Select Port 0 Bit 5 Pull-down, Pull-down device is selected Pull-up, Pull-up device is selected (default) Pull-Up/Pull-Down Select Port 0 Bit 4 Pull-down, Pull-down device is selected Pull-up, Pull-up device is selected (default)
Page 407 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Field Bits Type Description 31:6 Reserved Returns 0 if read. Pull-Up/Pull-Down Enable at Port 0 Bit 5 Disabled, Pull-up or Pull-down device is disabled Enabled, Pull-up or Pull-down device is enabled (default) Pull-Up/Pull-Down Enable at Port 0 Bit 4 Disabled, Pull-up or Pull-down device is disabled...
Page 408 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Alternate Output Select Register P0_ALTSEL0 Offset Reset Value Port 0 Alternate Select Register 0 Table 213 Field Bits Type Description 31:6 Reserved Returns 0 if read. Table 216 Table 216 Table 216...
Page 409 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Alternate Output Select Register P0_ALTSEL1 Offset Reset Value Port 0 Alternate Select Register 1 Table 215 Field Bits Type Description 31:6 Reserved Returns 0 if read. Table 216 Table 216 Table 216...
Page 410 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O P0_PDM5 P0_PDM4 P0_PDM3 P0_PDM2 P0_PDM1 P0_PDM0 Field Bits Type Description 31:23 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. P0_PDM5 22:20 P0.5 Port Driver Mode Code Driver Strength and Edge Shape Strong driver and sharp edge mode,...
Page 411 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Field Bits Type Description Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. P0_PDM2 10:8 P0.2 Port Driver Mode Code Driver Strength and Edge Shape Strong driver and sharp edge mode, Strong driver and medium edge mode, Strong driver and soft edge mode,...
Page 412: Port 1
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O 15.4.2 Port 1 15.4.2.1 Overview Port 1 is a general purpose bidirectional port. The port registers of Port 1 are shown in Table Control Registers Data Register P1_DIR P1_DATA...
Page 413 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Table 219 Port 1 Input / Output Functions Port Pin Input/Output Select Connected Signal(s) From/to Module P1.0 Input P1_DATA.P0 INP1 T3INC GPT12 INP2 CC61_0 CCU6 INP3 SSC2_S_SCK SSC2...
Page 414 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Table 219 Port 1 Input / Output Functions (cont’d) Port Pin Input/Output Select Connected Signal(s) From/to Module P1.4 Input P1_DATA.P4 INP1 EXINT2_1 INP2 T21EX_1 Timer 21 INP3 T2INB GPT12...
Page 415: Port 1 Register Description
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O 15.4.2.3 Port 1 Register Description Table 220 Register Overview Register Short Name Register Long Name Offset Address Reset Value Port 1 Register Description, P1_DATA Port 1 Data Register 000000XX P1_DIR Port 1 Direction Register...
Page 416 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Field Bits Type Description PP2_STS Port 1 Pin 2 Data Value (read back of Port Data when IO is configured as output) 0, Port 1 pin 2 data value = 0 1, Port 1 pin 2 data value = 1 PP1_STS Port 1 Pin 1 Data Value (read back of Port Data when IO...
Page 417 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O PP4_ PP2_ PP1_ PP0_ INEN INEN INEN INEN Field Bits Type Description 31:21 Reserved Returns 0 if read. PP4_INEN Port 1 Pin 4 Input Schmitt Trigger enable (only valid if IO is configured as output) 0, Schmitt Trigger is disabled (default) 1, Schmitt Trigger is enabled...
Page 418 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Field Bits Type Description Port 1 Pin 0 Direction Control Input, Direction is set to input (default) Output, Direction is set to output Table 222 RESET of P1_DIR Register Reset Type Reset Values...
Page 419 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Field Bits Type Description Port 1 Pin 0 Open Drain Mode Normal Mode, Output is actively driven for 0 and 1 state (default) Open Drain Mode, Output is actively driven only for 0 state Table 223 RESET of P1_OD...
Page 420 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Table 224 RESET of P1_PUDSEL Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 00000017 RESET_TYPE_3 Port 1 Pull-Up/Pull-Down Enable Register P1_PUDEN Offset Reset Value Port 1 Pull-Up/Pull-Down Enable Register...
Page 421 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Alternate Output Select Register P1_ALTSEL0 Offset Reset Value Port 1 Alternate Select Register 0 Table 226 Field Bits Type Description 31:5 Reserved Returns 0 if read. Table 229 Reserved Returns 0 if read.
Page 422 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Alternate Output Select Register P1_ALTSEL1 Offset Reset Value Port 1 Alternate Select Register 1 Table 228 Field Bits Type Description 31:5 Reserved Returns 0 if read. Table 229 Reserved Returns 0 if read.
Page 423 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Port Output Control Register SCU_P1_POCON0 Offset Reset Value Port Output Control Register Table 230 P1_PDM4 P1_PDM2 P1_PDM1 P1_PDM0 Field Bits Type Description 31:19 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. P1_PDM4 18:16 P1.4 Port Driver Mode...
Page 424 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Field Bits Type Description P1_PDM1 P1.1 Port Driver Mode Code Driver Strength and Edge Shape Medium Driver, Not used, Not used, Weak Driver, Medium Driver, Medium Driver, Medium Driver, Weak Driver,...
Page 425: Port 2
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O 15.4.3 Port 2 15.4.3.1 Overview Port 2 is a general purpose input-only port. The port registers of Port 2 are shown in Table Control Registers Data Register P2_DIR P2_DATA...
Page 426 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Table 232 Port 2 Input Functions (cont’d) Port Pin Input/Output Select Connected Signal(s) From/to Module P2.2 Input P2_DATA.P2 INP1 T6EUDB GPT12 INP2 T2EX_0 Timer 2 INP3 T12HR_2 CCU6...
Page 427 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O 1) configurable by user User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 428: Port 2 Register Description
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O 15.4.3.3 Port 2 Register Description Table 233 Register Overview Register Short Name Register Long Name Offset Address Reset Value Port 2 Register Description, P2_DATA Port 2 Data Register 000000XX P2_DIR Port 2 Direction Register...
Page 429 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Field Bits Type Description Port 2 Pin 4 Data Value 0, Port 2 pin 4 data value = 0 1, Port 2 pin 4 data value = 1 Port 2 Pin 3 Data Value 0, Port 2 pin 3 data value = 0 1, Port 2 pin 3 data value = 1...
Page 430 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Field Bits Type Description Port 2 Pin 5 Driver Control Enabled, Input driver is enabled (default) Disabled, Input driver is disabled Port 2 Pin 4 Driver Control Enabled, Input driver is enabled (default) Disabled, Input driver is disabled Port 2 Pin 3 Driver Control...
Page 431 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Field Bits Type Description Pull-Up/Pull-Down Select Port 2 Bit 6 Pull-down, Pull-down device is selected (default) Pull-up, Pull-up device is selected Pull-Up/Pull-Down Select Port 2 Bit 5 Pull-down, Pull-down device is selected (default) Pull-up, Pull-up device is selected Pull-Up/Pull-Down Select Port 2 Bit 4...
Page 432 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O Field Bits Type Description Pull-Up/Pull-Down Enable at Port 2 Bit 7 Disabled, Pull-up or Pull-down device is disabled (default) Enabled, Pull-up or Pull-down device is enabled Pull-Up/Pull-Down Enable at Port 2 Bit 6 Disabled, Pull-up or Pull-down device is disabled (default)
Page 433: General Purpose Timer Units (Gpt12)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) 16.1 Features 16.1.1 Features Block GPT1 The following list summarizes the supported features: • /4 maximum resolution • 3 independent timers/counters •...
Page 434: Block Diagram Gpt1
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) 16.2.1 Block Diagram GPT1 Block GPT1 contains three timers/counters: The core timer T3 and the two auxiliary timers T2 and T4. The maximum resolution is f /4.
Page 435: Block Diagram Gpt2
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) 16.2.2 Block Diagram GPT2 Block GPT2 contains two timers/counters: The core timer T6 and the auxiliary timer T5. The maximum resolution is f /2. An additional Capture/Reload register (CAPREL) supports capture and reload operation with extended functionality.
Page 436: Timer Block Gpt1
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) 16.3 Timer Block GPT1 From a programmer’s point of view, the GPT1 block is composed of a set of SFRs as summarized below. Those portions of port and direction registers which are used for alternate functions by the GPT1 block are shaded. Data Registers Control Registers Interrupt Control...
Page 437: Gpt1 Core Timer T3 Control
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) 16.3.1 GPT1 Core Timer T3 Control The current contents of the core timer T3 are reflected by its count register T3. This register can also be written to by the CPU, for example, to set the initial start value.
Page 438 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Timer T3 Output Toggle Latch The overflow/underflow signal of timer T3 is connected to a block named ‘Toggle Latch’, shown in the Timer Mode diagrams. Figure 86 illustrates the details of this block.
Page 439: Gpt1 Core Timer T3 Operating Modes
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) 16.3.2 GPT1 Core Timer T3 Operating Modes Timer T3 can operate in one of several modes. Timer T3 in Timer Mode Timer mode for the core timer T3 is selected by setting bitfield T3M in register T3CON to 000 .
Page 440 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Timer T3 in Gated Timer Mode Gated Timer Mode for the core timer T3 is selected by setting bitfield T3M in register T3CON to 010 or 011 Bit T3M.0 (T3CON.3) selects the active level of the gate input.
Page 441 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Timer T3 in Counter Mode Counter Mode for the core timer T3 is selected by setting bitfield T3M in register T3CON to 001 . In Counter Mode, timer T3 is clocked by a transition at the external input pin T3IN.
Page 442 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Timer T3 in Incremental Interface Mode Incremental interface mode for the core timer T3 is selected by setting bitfield T3M in register T3CON to 110 or 111 .
Page 443 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Signal Conditioning Encoder Controller T3Input T3Input Interrupt or T4IN MC_GPT1_ENCODER Figure 91 Connection of the Encoder to the TLE984xQX For incremental interface operation, the following conditions must be met: •...
Page 444 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Forward Jitter Backward Jitter Forward T3IN T3EUD Contents of T3 Down Note: This example shows the timer behaviour assuming that T3 counts upon any transition on input, i.e. T3I = '011 MCT04373 Figure 92 Evaluation of Incremental Encoder Signals, 2 Count Inputs...
Page 445: Gpt1 Auxiliary Timers T2/T4 Control
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) 16.3.3 GPT1 Auxiliary Timers T2/T4 Control Auxiliary timers T2 and T4 have exactly the same functionality. They can be configured for Timer Mode, Gated Timer Mode, Counter Mode, or Incremental Interface Mode with the same options for the timer frequencies and the count signal as the core timer T3.
Page 446: Gpt1 Auxiliary Timers T2/T4 Operating Modes
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) 16.3.4 GPT1 Auxiliary Timers T2/T4 Operating Modes The operation of the auxiliary timers in the basic operating modes is almost identical with the core timer’s operation, with very few exceptions.
Page 447 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Timers T2 and T4 in Gated Timer Mode Gated Timer Mode for an auxiliary timer Tx is selected by setting bitfield TxM in register TxCON to 010 or 011 Bit TxM.0 (TxCON.3) selects the active level of the gate input.
Page 448 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Timers T2 and T4 in Counter Mode Counter Mode for an auxiliary timer Tx is selected by setting bitfield TxM in register TxCON to 001 .
Page 449 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Timer Concatenation Using the toggle bit T3OTL as a clock source for an auxiliary timer in Counter Mode concatenates the core timer T3 with the respective auxiliary timer. This concatenation forms either a 32-bit or a 33-bit timer/counter, depending on which transition of T3OTL is selected to clock the auxiliary timer.
Page 450 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Timers T2 and T4 in Capture Mode Capture mode for an auxiliary timer Tx is selected by setting bitfield TxM in the respective register TxCON to .
Page 451 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Timers T2 and T4 in Incremental Interface Mode Incremental interface mode for an auxiliary timer Tx is selected by setting bitfield TxM in the respective register TxCON to 110 or 111 .
Page 452 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Timers T2 and T4 in Reload Mode Reload Mode for an auxiliary timer Tx is selected by setting bitfield TxM in the respective register TxCON to .
Page 453: Gpt1 Clock Signal Control
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Figure 101 shows an example for the generation of a PWM signal using the “single-transition” reload mechanism. T2 defines the high time of the PWM signal (reloaded on positive transitions) and T4 defines the low time of the PWM signal (reloaded on negative transitions).
Page 454 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) For both ways, the basic clock determines the maximum count frequency and the timer’s resolution: Table 239 Basic Clock Selection for Block GPT1 Block Prescaler BPS1 = 01 BPS1 = 00 BPS1 = 11...
Page 455: Interrupt Control For Gpt1 Timers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Table 240 GPT1 Timer Parameters (cont’d) Module Clock f = 10 MHz Overall Module Clock f = 40 MHz Prescaler Frequency Resolution Period Frequency Resolution Period Factor 19.53 kHz...
Page 456: Gpt12 Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) 16.3.7 GPT12 Registers Table 242 Register Address Space Module Base Address End Address Note GPT12E 40010000 40013FFF Table 243 Register Overview Register Short Name Register Long Name Offset Address Reset Value GPT1...
Page 457 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Timer T2 Count Register GPT12E_T2 Offset Reset Value Timer T2 Count Register Table 244 Field Bits Type Description 31:16 Reserved 15:0 Timer T2 Current Value Contains the current value of the timer T2 Table 244 RESET of GPT12E_T2...
Page 458: Gpt1 Core Timer T3 Control Register
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Field Bits Type Description 31:16 Reserved 15:0 Timer T4 Current Value Contains the current value of the timer T4 Table 246 RESET of GPT12E_T4 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode...
Page 459 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Field Bits Type Description T3EDGE Timer T3 Edge Detection Flag The bit is set each time a count edge is detected. T3EDGE must be cleared by software. No count, No count edge was detected Count, A count edge was detected BPS1...
Page 460 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Table 247 RESET of GPT12E_T3CON Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 00000000 RESET_TYPE_3 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 461: Gpt1 Auxiliary Timers T2/T4 Control Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) 16.3.8.3 GPT1 Auxiliary Timers T2/T4 Control Registers Timer T2 Control Register GPT12E_T2CON Offset Reset Value Timer T2 Control Register Table 248 T2DI T2CH T2ED T2IR T2UD T2RC T2UD...
Page 462 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Field Bits Type Description T2UDE Timer T2 External Up/Down Enable T2UD, Count direction is controlled by bit T2UD; input T2EUD is disconnected T2EUD, Count direction is controlled by input T2EUD T2UD Timer T2 Up/Down Control Up, Timer T2 counts up...
Page 463 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Field Bits Type Description 31:16 Reserved Read as 0; should be written with 0. T4RDIR Timer T4 Rotation Direction Up, Timer T4 counts up Down, Timer T4 counts down T4CHDIR Timer T4 Count Direction Change The bit is set each time a count direction of timer T4 changes.
Page 464: Encoding
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Field Bits Type Description Timer T4 Mode Control (Basic Operating Mode) Timer Mode, Counter Mode, Gated low, Gated Timer Mode with gate active low Gated high, Gated Timer Mode with gate active high Reload Mode, Capture Mode, Incremental Interface Mode, (Rotation Detection Mode)
Page 465 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Table 251 GPT1 Overall Prescaler Factors for Internal Count Clock (Timer Mode and Gated Timer Mode) (cont’d) Individual Prescaler Common Prescaler for Module Clock for Tx BPS1 = 01 BPS1 = 00 BPS1 = 11...
Page 466: Gpt1 Timer Interrupt Control Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) 16.3.8.5 GPT1 Timer Interrupt Control Registers The Interrupt Control and Status register are located in the SCU. User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 467: Timer Block Gpt2
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) 16.4 Timer Block GPT2 From a programmer’s point of view, the GPT2 block is represented by a set of SFRs as summarized below. Those portions of port and direction registers which are used for alternate functions by the GPT2 block are shaded.
Page 468: Gpt2 Core Timer T6 Control
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Note: The timing requirements for external input signals can be found in Section 16.4.6, Section 16.6.1 summarizes the module interface signals, including pins. 16.4.1 GPT2 Core Timer T6 Control The current contents of the core timer T6 are reflected by its count register T6.
Page 469: Gpt2 Core Timer T6 Operating Modes
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) S et/C le ar (S W ) TxO E T xO U T O verflow / T o P ort L ogic U n derflow Shadow C o re T im er TxO TL...
Page 470 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Timer T6 in Gated Timer Mode Gated Timer Mode for the core timer T6 is selected by setting bitfield T6M in register T6CON to 010 or 011 Bit T6M.0 (T6CON.3) selects the active level of the gate input.
Page 471 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Timer T6 in Counter Mode Counter Mode for the core timer T6 is selected by setting bitfield T6M in register T6CON to 001 . In Counter Mode, timer T6 is clocked by a transition at the external input pin T6IN.
Page 472: Gpt2 Auxiliary Timer T5 Control
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) 16.4.3 GPT2 Auxiliary Timer T5 Control Auxiliary timer T5 can be configured for Timer Mode, Gated Timer Mode, or Counter Mode with the same options for the timer frequencies and the count signal as the core timer T6. In addition to these 3 counting modes, the auxiliary timer can be concatenated with the core timer.
Page 473: Gpt2 Auxiliary Timer T5 Operating Modes
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) 16.4.4 GPT2 Auxiliary Timer T5 Operating Modes The operation of the auxiliary timer in the basic operating modes is almost identical with the core timer’s operation, with very few exceptions.
Page 474 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Prescaler Count Gate Auxiliary T5IRQ Ctrl. Timer T5 BPS2 T5IN Clear T5RC T5UD Up/Down T5EUD T5UDE MCB05407_X4 Figure 108 Block Diagram of Auxiliary Timer T5 in Gated Timer Mode Note: There is no output toggle latch for T5.
Page 475 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Note: Only state transitions of T6OTL which are caused by the overflows/underflows of T6 will trigger the counter function of T5. Modifications of T6OTL via software will NOT trigger the counter function of For counter operation, pin T5IN must be configured as input.
Page 476: Gpt2 Register Caprel Operating Modes
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) 16.4.5 GPT2 Register CAPREL Operating Modes The Capture/Reload register CAPREL can be used to capture the contents of timer T5, or to reload timer T6. A special mode facilitates the use of register CAPREL for both functions at the same time.
Page 477 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Count Auxiliary T5IRQ Clock Timer T5 Clear Up/Down Edge CAPIN T5CLR Select Capture T3IN Signal T5SC Select CAPREL T3EUD Register CRIRQ Clear T6CLR MCA 05410X11 Figure 111 Capture/Reload Register CAPREL in Capture Mode When a selected trigger is detected, the contents of the auxiliary timer T5 are latched into register CAPREL and the interrupt request line CRIRQ is activated.
Page 478 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Capture/Reload Register CAPREL in Reload Mode Reload mode for register CAPREL is selected by setting bit T6SR in control register T6CON. In reload mode, the core timer T6 is reloaded with the contents of register CAPREL, triggered by an overflow or underflow of T6.
Page 479 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Capture/Reload Register CAPREL in Capture-And-Reload Mode Since the reload function and the capture function of register CAPREL can be enabled individually by bits T5SC and T6SR, the two functions can be enabled simultaneously by setting both bits. This feature can be used to generate an output frequency that is a multiple of the input frequency.
Page 480 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Note: The underflow signal of Timer T6 can furthermore be used to clock one or more of the timers of the CAPCOM units, which gives the user the possibility to set compare events based on a finer resolution than that of the external events.
Page 481: Gpt2 Clock Signal Control
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) 16.4.6 GPT2 Clock Signal Control All actions within the timer block GPT2 are triggered by transitions of its basic clock. This basic clock is derived from the module clock f by a basic block prescaler, controlled by bitfield BPS2 in register T6CON (see Figure...
Page 482: Interrupt Control For Gpt2 Timers And Caprel
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Table 257 GPT2 Timer Parameters System Clock = 10 MHz Overall System Clock = 40 MHz Divider Frequency Resolution Period Frequency Resolution Period Factor 5.0 MHz 200 ns 13.11 ms 20.0 MHz...
Page 483: Gpt2 Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Whenever a transition according to the selection in bit field CI is detected at pin CAPIN, interrupt request flag in register GPT12_CR is set. Setting any request flag will cause an interrupt to the respective timer or CAPREL interrupt vector, if the respective interrupt enable bit is set.
Page 484: Gpt2 Timer Control Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Field Bits Type Description 15:0 Timer T6 Current Value Contains the current value of the timer T6 Table 260 RESET of GPT12E_T6 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode...
Page 485 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) T6CL T6OT T6UD T6SR BPS2 T6OE T6UD Field Bits Type Description 31:16 Reserved T6SR Timer T6 Reload Mode Enable Disabled, Reload from register CAPREL disabled Enabled, Reload from register CAPREL enabled T6CLR Timer T6 Clear Enable Bit...
Page 486 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Field Bits Type Description Timer T6 Mode Control Timer Mode, Counter Mode, Gated low, Gated Timer Mode with gate active low Gated high, Gated Timer Mode with gate active high Reserved, Do not use this combination Reserved, Do not use this combination Reserved, Do not use this combination...
Page 487 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Field Bits Type Description 13:12 Register CAPREL Capture Trigger Selection Disabled, Capture disabled Positive, Positive transition (rising edge) on CAPIN or any transition on T3IN Negative, Negative transition (falling edge) on CAPIN or any transition on T3EUD Any, Any transition (rising or falling edge) on CAPIN or any...
Page 488: Encoding
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Table 263 RESET of GPT12E_T5CON Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 00000000 RESET_TYPE_3 16.4.8.3 Encoding Encoding of Timer Count Direction Control Table 264 GPT2 Timer Count Direction Control Pin TxEUD Bit TxUDE...
Page 489: Gpt2 Timer And Caprel Interrupt Control Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Table 266 GPT2 Auxiliary Timer T5 Input Edge Selection (Counter Mode) (cont’d) Triggering Edge for Counter Increment/Decrement Positive transition (rising edge) of T6 toggle latch T6OTL Negative transition (falling edge) of T6 toggle latch T6OTL Any transition (rising or falling edge) of T6 toggle latch T6OTL Table 267 GPT2 Core Timer T6 Input Edge Selection (Counter Mode)
Page 490: Miscellaneous Gpt12 Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) 16.5 Miscellaneous GPT12 Registers The following registers are not assigned to a specific timer block. They control general functions and/or give general information. Port Input Select Register Register PISEL selects timer input signal from several sources under software control.
Page 491 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Field Bits Type Description IST4IN Input Select for T4IN T4INA, Signal T4INA is selected T4INB, Signal T4INB is selected T4INC, Signal T4INC is selected T4IND, Signal T4IND is selected IST3EUD Input Select for T3EUD T3EUDA, Signal T3EUDA is selected...
Page 492 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Field Bits Type Description MOD_TYPE 15:8 Module Identification Number This bitfield defines the module identification number (58 GPT12E) MOD_REV Module Revision Number MOD:_REV defines the revision number. The value of a module revision starts with 01 (first revision) Table 269 RESET of...
Page 493: Implementation Of The Gpt12 Module
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) 16.6 Implementation of the GPT12 Module This chapter describes the implementation of the GPT12 module in the TLE984x device. 16.6.1 Module Connections Besides the described intra-module connections, the timer unit blocks GPT1 and GPT2 are connected to their environment in two basic ways: •...
Page 494 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Table 270 GPT12 Digital Connections in TLE984x (cont’d) Signal from/to Module I/O to Can be used to/as T3INA CC60 count input signals for timer T3 T3INB GPT12PISEL T3INC...
Page 495 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12) Table 270 GPT12 Digital Connections in TLE984x (cont’d) Signal from/to Module I/O to Can be used to/as CAPIND read trigger from T2 or T3 or T4 I CRIRQ ICU/SCU interrupt request from capture control...
Page 496: Timer2 And Timer21
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Timer2 and Timer21 Timer2 and Timer21 This chapter describes the Timer2 and Timer21. Each timer is a 16-bit timer which additionally can function as a counter. Each Timer 2 module also provides a single channel 16-bit capture. 17.1 Features •...
Page 497: Functional Description
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Timer2 and Timer21 Table 271 Timer2 and Timer21 Modes Mode Description Auto-reload Up/Down Count Disabled • Count up only • Start counting from 16-Bit reload value, overflow at FFFF • Reload event configurable for trigger by overflow condition only, or by negative/positive edge at input pin T2EX as well •...
Page 498: Up/Down Count Disabled
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Timer2 and Timer21 17.3.1.1 Up/Down Count Disabled If DCEN = 0, the up-down count selection is disabled. The timer, therefore, functions as a pure up counter/timer only. The operational block diagram is shown in Figure 115.
Page 499: Up/Down Count Enabled
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Timer2 and Timer21 17.3.1.2 Up/Down Count Enabled If DCEN = 1, the up-down count selection is enabled. The direction of count is determined by the level at input pin T2EX. The operational block diagram is shown in Figure 116.
Page 500: Capture Mode
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Timer2 and Timer21 17.3.2 Capture Mode In order to enter the 16-bit capture mode, bits CP_RL2 and EXEN2 in register T2CON must be set. In this mode, the down count function must remain disabled. The timer functions as a 16-bit timer or counter and always counts up to FFFF and overflows.
Page 501: Interrupt Generation
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Timer2 and Timer21 If bit T2RHEN is set, Timer 2 can be started by the falling edge/rising edge on pin T2EX, which is defined by bit T2REGS. Note: If pin T2 is not connected, counting clock function on pin T2 cannot be used. 17.3.4 Interrupt Generation When an interrupt event happened, the corresponding interrupt flag bit EXF2/TF2 is set.
Page 502: Mode Register
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Timer2 and Timer21 17.4.1 Mode Register The T2MOD is used to configure Timer 2 for various modes of operation. Timer 2 Mode Register T2_MOD Offset Reset Value Timer 2 Mode Register Table 274 T2RE T2RH...
Page 503 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Timer2 and Timer21 Field Bits Type Description DCEN Up/Down Counter Enable DISABLED, Up/Down Counter function is disabled ENABLED, Up/Down Counter function is enabled and controlled by pin T2EX (Up = 1, Down = 0) Table 274 Reset of T2_MOD Register Reset Type...
Page 504: Control Register
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Timer2 and Timer21 17.4.2 Control Register Control register is used to control the operating modes and interrupt of Timer 2. Timer 2 Control Register T2_CON Offset Reset Value Timer 2 Control Register Table 275 EXEN CP_R...
Page 505 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Timer2 and Timer21 Field Bits Type Description CP_RL2 Capture/Reload Select Reload, upon overflow or upon negative/positive transition at pin T2EX (when EXEN2 = 1). Capture, Timer 2 data register contents on the negative/positive transition at pin T2EX, provided EXEN2 = 1.The negative or positive transition at Pin T2EX is selected by bit EDGESEL.
Page 506 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Timer2 and Timer21 Timer 2 Control Register 1 T2_CON1 Offset Reset Value Timer 2 Control Register 1 Table 277 TF2E EXF2 Field Bits Type Description 31:2 Reserved Always read as 0 TF2EN Overflow/Underflow Interrupt Enable DISABLE, Overflow/underflow interrupt.
Page 507: Timer 2 Reload/Capture Register
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Timer2 and Timer21 17.4.3 Timer 2 Reload/Capture Register The RC2 register is used for a 16-bit reload of the timer count upon an overflow or a capture of the current timer count depending on the mode selected.
Page 508: Timer 2 Count Register
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Timer2 and Timer21 17.4.4 Timer 2 Count Register The T2_CNT register holds the current 16-bit value of the Timer 2 count. Timer 2 Register T2_CNT Offset Reset Value Timer 2 Count Register Table 279 Field Bits...
Page 509: Timer2 And Timer21 Implementation Details
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Timer2 and Timer21 17.5 Timer2 and Timer21 Implementation Details This section describes: • the TLE984xQX module related interfaces such as port connections and interrupt control • all TLE984xQX module related registers with their addresses 17.5.1 Interfaces of the Timer2 and Timer21 Overviews of the Timer2 and Timer21 kernel I/O interfaces and interrupt signals are shown in...
Page 510 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Timer2 and Timer21 t21_adc _trigger t21_ext_trigger T21_0 T21_SUSPEND T21_1 T21_2 Interrupt P0.x/Pin assignment T21_IRQ Control see GPIO chapter SCU_DM Module T21EX_0 TIMER21 (Kernel) T2EX P1.x/Pin assignment Module Port Control T21EX_1 see GPIO chapter (Kernel) Clock...
Page 511: Capture/Compare Unit 6 (Ccu6)
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) This chapter is structured as follows: • Functional description of the CCU6 kernel (see Section 18.2) – Introduction (see Section 18.2) – Operating T12 (see Section 18.3) –...
Page 512: Introduction
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Additional Specific Functions • Block commutation for Brushless DC-drives implemented • Position detection via Hall-sensor pattern • Noise filter supported for position input signals • Automatic rotational speed measurement and commutation control for block commutation •...
Page 513 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) CCU6 Module Kernel Compare CC60 T12SUSP Dead- Multi- Debug Trap CC61 Time channel T13SUSP Suspend Control Control Control CC62 Clock CC63 CC 6 Control SR[3:0] Interrupt Input / Output Control Control Port Control...
Page 514: Operating Timer T12
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.3 Operating Timer T12 The timer T12 block is the main unit to generate the 3-phase PWM signals. A 16-bit counter is connected to 3 channel registers via comparators, which generate a signal when the counter contents match one of the channel register contents.
Page 515: T12 Overview
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.3.1 T12 Overview Figure 122 shows a detailed block diagram of Timer T12. The functions of the timer T12 block are controlled by bits in registers TCTR0, TCTR2, and PISEL0. Timer T12 receives its input clock (f ) from the module clock f via a programmable prescaler and an...
Page 516 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) transfer enable bit STE12. Providing a shadow register for the period value as well as for other values related to the generation of the PWM signal allows a concurrent update by software for all relevant parameters. Two further signals indicate whether the counter contents are equal to 0000 (T12_ZM = zero match) or 0001 (T12_OM = one match).
Page 517: T12 Counting Scheme
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.3.2 T12 Counting Scheme This section describes the clocking and counting capabilities of T12. 18.3.2.1 Clock Selection In Timer Mode (PISEL2.ISCNT12 = 00 ), the input clock f of Timer T12 is derived from the internal module clock f through a programmable prescaler and an optional 1/256 divider.
Page 518: Edge-Aligned / Center-Aligned Mode
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.3.2.2 Edge-Aligned / Center-Aligned Mode In Edge-Aligned Mode (CTM = 0), timer T12 is always counting upwards (CDIR = 0). When reaching the value given by the period register (period-match T12_PM), the value of T12 is cleared with the next counting step (saw tooth shape).
Page 519 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) <Period Value> + 1 Period Value Zero Period Period T12 Count Match Match Match Zero Down Down CDIR CC6x Value n Value n+1 Value n+1 Value n+2 Shadow Transfer Shadow Transfer CCU6_MCT05510...
Page 520: Single-Shot Mode
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.3.2.3 Single-Shot Mode In Single-Shot Mode, the timer run bit T12R is cleared by hardware. If bit T12SSC = 1, the timer T12 will stop when the current timer period is finished. In Edge-Aligned mode, T12R is cleared when the timer becomes zero after having reached the period value (see Figure...
Page 521: T12 Compare Mode
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.3.3 T12 Compare Mode Associated with Timer T12 are three individual capture/compare channels, that can perform compare or capture operations with regard to the contents of the T12 counter. The capture functions are explained in Section 18.3.5.
Page 522 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) CC60_R To Interrupt CCPOS0 CC60_F Control Switching Rule Compare Logic CM_60 State Bit To Dead_Time Channel CC60ST Counter 0 CC60 MSEL60 MCC60S/R CC61_R To Interrupt CCPOS1 CC61_F Control Switching...
Page 523 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) • with the next T12 clock (f ) after a compare-match when T12 is counting up (i.e., when the counter is incremented above the compare value); •...
Page 524 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Period Value = 5 T12 Count Zero Down Down CDIR Value n Value n+1 Value n+2 Value n+3 CC6x CC6x = 2 CC6x = 2 CC6x = 1 CC6x = 1 CC6x = 1 CC6x = 0...
Page 525 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Period Value CC61R CC62R T12 Count CC60R Zero Down Down Down CDIR Shadow Transfer CC60ST CC61ST CC62ST CCU6_MCT05518 Figure 132 Three-Channel Compare Waveforms User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 526: Hysteresis-Like Control Mode
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.3.3.3 Hysteresis-Like Control Mode The hysteresis-like control mode (T12MSEL.MSEL6x = 1001 ) offers the possibility to switch off the PWM output if the input CCPOSx becomes 0 by clearing the State Bit CC6xST. This can be used as a simple motor control feature by using a comparator indicating, e.g., overcurrent.
Page 527: Compare Mode Output Path
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.3.4 Compare Mode Output Path Figure 133 gives an overview on the signal path from a channel State Bit to its output pin in its simplest form. As illustrated, a user has a variety of controls to determine the desired output signal switching behavior in relation to the current state of the State Bit, CC6xST.
Page 528 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Dead-Time Value DTRES Dead-Time Dead-Time Dead-Time Counter 0 Counter 1 Counter 2 DTE0 CC60ST DTE1 CC61ST DTE2 CC62ST Dead-Time 0 Dead-Time 1 Dead-Time 2 active / passive active / passive active / passive CC60ST...
Page 529: State Selection
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) T12 Counter Value Compare Value active State Bit passive CC6xST active active Dead- passive passive Time CC6xST active with Dead- passive Time CC6xST active with Dead- passive Time CCU6_MCT05521...
Page 530: Output Modulation And Level Selection
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.3.4.3 Output Modulation and Level Selection The last block of the data path is the Output Modulation block. Here, all the modulation sources and the trap functionality are combined and control the actual level of the output pins (controlled by the modulation enable bits T1xMODENy and MCMEN in register MODCTR).
Page 531 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) TRPS Trap Handling Block TRPEN0 CC63_O T13 Block Output active Level T13MODEN0 Modulation passive Selection CC60 CC60 CC60_O T12 Block + PSL0 COUT60_O Dead-Time T12MODEN0 MCMP0 Multi-Channel MCMP1 Mode...
Page 532: T12 Capture Modes
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.3.5 T12 Capture Modes Each of the three channels of the T12 Block can also be used to capture T12 time information in response to an external signal CC6xIN. In capture mode, the interrupt event CC6x_R is detected when a rising edge is detected at the input CC6xIN, whereas the interrupt event CC6x_F is detected when a falling edge is detected.
Page 533 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Counter Register MSEL6x CC6xIN Edge Capture Shadow Register Mode CC6xSR Selection Detect State Bit CC6xST Register CC6xR CC6x_R To Interrupt Logic CC6x_F CCU6_MCB05523 Figure 138 Capture Modes 2, 3 and 4 Block Diagram User Manual Rev.
Page 534 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Five further capture modes are called Multi-Input Capture Modes, as they use two different external inputs, signal CC6xIN and signal CCPOSx. Counter Register MSEL6x CC6xIN Edge Capture Mode Selection...
Page 535 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Table 282 Multi-Input Capture Modes Overview (cont’d) MSEL6x Mode Signal Active Edge T12 Stored in 1101 CC6xIN Falling CC6xR CCPOSx Falling CC6xSR 1110 CC6xIN CC6xR CCPOSx CC6xSR 1111 –...
Page 536: T12 Shadow Register Transfer
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.3.6 T12 Shadow Register Transfer A special shadow transfer signal (T12_ST) can be generated to facilitate updating the period and compare values of the compare channels CC60, CC61, and CC62 synchronously to the operation of T12. Providing a shadow register for values defining one PWM period facilitates a concurrent update by software for all relevant parameters.
Page 537: Timer T12 Operating Mode Selection
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) A T12 shadow register transfer takes place (T12_ST active): • while timer T12 is not running (T12R = 0), or • STE12 = 1 and a Period-Match is detected while counting up, or •...
Page 538: T13 Overview
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) State Bit Timer T13 Capture/Compare To Output CC63ST Logic Channel CC63 Modulation Input and Control/Status Logic T13HR Synchronization to T12 CCU6_MCA05526 Figure 141 Overview Diagram of the Timer T13 Block 18.4.1 T13 Overview Figure 142...
Page 539 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Sync. to T12 T13RSEL T13RS T13RR T13R edge detection ISCNT13 T13STR T13STD STE13 T13SSC Control T13HR edge & Status detection Counter Register T13RES T13CNT Clock Selection = 0000 T13_ZM Comp.
Page 540: T13 Counting Scheme
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.4.2 T13 Counting Scheme This section describes the clocking and the counting capabilities of T13. 18.4.2.1 Clock Selection In Timer Mode (PISEL2. ISCNT13 = 00 ), the input clock f of Timer T13 is derived from the internal module clock f through a programmable prescaler and an optional 1/256 divider.
Page 541: T13 Counting
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.4.2.2 T13 Counting The period of the timer is determined by the value in the period Register T13PR according to the following formula: = <Period-Value> + 1; in T13 clocks (f (18.3) Timer T13 can only count up, comparable to the Edge-Aligned mode of T12.
Page 542: Synchronization To T12
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.4.2.4 Synchronization to T12 Timer T13 can be synchronized to a T12 event. Bit fields T13TEC and T13TED select the event that is used to start Timer T13. The selected event sets bit T13R via HW, and T13 starts counting. Combined with the Single- Shot mode, this feature can be used to generate a programmable delay after a T12 event.
Page 543 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Table 286 T12 Trigger Event Additional Specifier T13TED Selected Event Specifier Reserved, no action Selected event is active while T12 is counting up (CDIR = 0) Selected event is active while T12 is counting down (CDIR = 1) Selected event is active independently of the count direction of T12 User Manual...
Page 544: T13 Compare Mode
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.4.3 T13 Compare Mode Associated with Timer T13 is one compare channel, that can perform compare operations with regard to the contents of the T13 counter. Figure 141 gives an overview on the T13 channel in Compare Mode.
Page 545 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) • with the next T13 clock (f ) after a zero-match AND NO parallel compare-match. Compare-Match Compare-Match Period Value Compare T13 Count Value Zero CC63ST CCU6_MCT05533 Figure 147 T13 Compare Operation User Manual Rev.
Page 546: Compare Mode Output Path
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.4.4 Compare Mode Output Path Figure 148 gives an overview on the signal path from the channel State Bit CC63ST to its output pin COUT63. As illustrated, a user can determine the desired output behavior in relation to the current state of CC63ST. Please refer to Section 18.3.4.3 for detailed information on the output modulation for T12 signals.
Page 547: T13 Shadow Register Transfer
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) TRPS Trap Handling Block TRPEN13 Output active Level Modulation passive Selection COUT63 COUT63_O COUT63 T13 Block ECT13O PSL63 CCU6_MCA05545 Figure 149 T13 Output Modulation 18.4.5 T13 Shadow Register Transfer A special shadow transfer signal (T13_ST) can be generated to facilitate updating the period and compare values of the compare channel CC63 synchronously to the operation of T13.
Page 548 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Read Read Read Read Period Register PSL63 CC63PS T13IM T13PR Period Shadow PSL63 CC63PS T13IM Register T13PR Shadow Shadow Shadow Write Write Write Write Read Compare Register CC63R T13_ST Compare Shadow...
Page 549: Trap Handling
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.5 Trap Handling The trap functionality permits the PWM outputs to react on the state of the input signal CTRAP. This functionality can be used to switch off the power devices if the trap input becomes active (e.g. to perform an emergency stop).
Page 550 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) T12 Count T13 Count TRPF CTRAP active TRPS Sync. to T12 TRPS Sync. to T13 TRPS No sync. CCU6_MCT05542 Figure 152 Trap State Synchronization (with TRM2 = 0) User Manual Rev.
Page 551: Multi-Channel Mode
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.6 Multi-Channel Mode The Multi-Channel mode offers the possibility to modulate all six T12-related output signals with one instruction. The bits in bit field MCMOUT.MCMP are used to specify the outputs that may become active. If Multi-Channel mode is enabled (bit MODCTR.MCMEN = 1), only those outputs may become active, that have a 1 at the corresponding bit position in bit field MCMP.
Page 552 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) field MCMPS with the shadow transfer request bit STRMCM = 1. The option to trigger an update by SW is possible for all settings of SWSEL. By using the direct mode and bit STRMCM = 1, the update takes place completely under software control.
Page 553: Hall Sensor Mode
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.7 Hall Sensor Mode For Brushless DC-Motors in block commutation mode, the Multi-Channel Mode has been introduced to provide efficient means for switching pattern generation. These patterns need to be output in relation to the angular position of the motor.
Page 554: Hall Pattern Evaluation
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.7.1 Hall Pattern Evaluation The Hall sensor inputs CCPOSx can be permanently monitored via an edge detection block (with the module clock f ). In order to suppress spikes on the Hall inputs due to noise in rugged inverter environment, two optional noise filtering methods are supported by the Hall logic (both methods can be combined).
Page 555 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Table 289 Hall Sensor Mode Trigger Event Selection (cont’d) HSYNC Selected Event (see register T12MSEL) A T12 Period-Match while counting up (T12_PM and CDIR = 0). A T12 One-Match while counting down (T12_OM and CDIR = 1).
Page 556: Hall Pattern Compare Logic
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.7.2 Hall Pattern Compare Logic Figure 155 gives an overview on the double-register structure and the pattern compare logic. Software writes the next modulation pattern (MCMPS) and the corresponding current (CURHS) and expected (EXPHS) Hall patterns into the shadow register MCMOUTS.
Page 557 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Flag IS.CHE (Correct Hall Event) is set by signal CM_CHE when the sampled Hall pattern matches the expected one (EXPH). This flag can also be set by SW by setting bit ISS.SCHE = 1. If enabled by bit IEN.ENCHE = 1, the set signal for CHE can also generate an interrupt request to the CPU.
Page 558: Hall Mode For Brushless Dc-Motor Control
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.7.4 Hall Mode for Brushless DC-Motor Control The CCU6 provides a mode for the Timer T12 Block especially targeted for convenient control of block commutation patterns for Brushless DC-Motors. This mode is selected by setting all T12MSEL.MSEL6x bit fields of the three T12 Channels to 1000 In this mode, illustrated in Figure...
Page 559 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) CC62 Compare Hall Event captures for Time-Out and resets T12 CC62 Comp. T12 Count CC61 Compare for Phase Delay CC61 Comp. 0000 CCPOS0 CCPOS1 CCPOS2 = 101 = 001 = 011 = 010...
Page 560: Interrupt Handling
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.8 Interrupt Handling This section describes the interrupt handling of the CCU6 module. 18.8.1 Interrupt Structure The HW interrupt event or the SW setting of the corresponding interrupt set bit (in register ISS) sets the event indication flags (in register IS) and can trigger the interrupt generation.
Page 561 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) T12_PM Interrupt Request T12 Counter Reg. CC6x_0IC T12_OM Interrupt Request CDIR Reg. CC6x_1IC CC6x_R T12 Capture Interrupt Request Compare Reg. CC6x_2IC CC6x_F Channels CC6x Interrupt Request Reg.
Page 562: General Module Operation
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.9 General Module Operation This section provides information about the: • Input selection (see Section 18.9.1) 18.9.1 Input Selection Each CCU6 input signal can be selected from a vector of four or eight possible inputs by programming the port input select registers PISEL0 and PISEL2.
Page 563: Ccu6 Register Description
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.10 CCU6 Register Description All CCU6 kernel register names described in this section will be referenced in other parts of this specification with the module name prefix “CCU6_”. Table 291 lists the CCU6 registers.
Page 564: System Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Table 291 Register Overview (cont’d) Register Short Name Register Long Name Offset Address Reset Value CCU6_CMPSTAT Compare State Register 0000 CCU6 Register Description, Global Modulation Control Registers CCU6_PSLR Passive State Level Register 0000...
Page 565 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description IST12HR 15:14 Input Select for T12HR This bit field defines the input signal used as T12HR input. T12HRA, Either signal T12HRA (if T12EXT = 0) or T12HRE (if T12EXT = 1) is selected.
Page 566 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description ISCC61 Input Select for CC61 This bit field defines the port pin that is used for the CC61 capture input signal. CC61_0, The input pin for CC61_0. CC61_1, The input pin for CC61_1.
Page 567: Timer 12 - Related Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description ISCNT13 Input Select for T13 Counting Input This bit field defines the input event leading to a counting action of T13. T13 prescaler, The T13 prescaler generates the counting events.
Page 568 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Table 294 Double-Register Capture Modes Description 0100 The contents of T12 are stored in CC6nR after a rising edge and in CC6nSR after a falling edge on the input pin CC6n.
Page 569 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) T12 Capture/Compare Mode Select Register CCU6_T12MSEL Offset Reset Value T12 Capture/Compare Mode Select Register Table 297 DBYP HSYNC MSEL62 MSEL61 MSEL60 Field Bits Type Description DBYP Delay Bypass Bit DBYP defines if the source signal for the sampling of the Hall input pattern (selected by HSYNC) uses the dead-time counter DTC0 of timer...
Page 570 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description MSEL62 11:8 Capture/Compare Mode Selection These bit fields select the operating mode of the three timer T12 capture/compare channels. Each channel (n = 0, 1, 2) can be programmed individually either for compare or capture operation according to: 0000...
Page 571 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description MSEL60 Capture/Compare Mode Selection These bit fields select the operating mode of the three timer T12 capture/compare channels. Each channel (n = 0, 1, 2) can be programmed individually either for compare or capture operation according to: 0000...
Page 572 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Table 298 RESET of CCU6_T12 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 RESET_TYPE_3 Timer T12 Period Register Register T12PR contains the period value for timer T12. The period value is compared to the actual counter value of T12 and the resulting counter actions depend on the defined counting rules.
Page 573 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description 15:0 Channel 0 Capture/Compare Value In compare mode, the bit fields CCV contain the values that are compared to the T12 counter value. In capture mode, the captured value of T12 can be read from these registers.
Page 574 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description 15:0 Channel 2 Capture/Compare Value In compare mode, the bit fields CCV contain the values that are compared to the T12 counter value. In capture mode, the captured value of T12 can be read from these registers.
Page 575 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Capture/Compare Shadow Register for Channel CC61 The registers CC61R can only be read by software, the modification of the value is done by a shadow register transfer from register CC61SR.
Page 576 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description 15:0 Shadow Register for Channel 2 Capture/Compare Value In compare mode, the contents of bit field CCS are transferred to the bit field CCV for the corresponding channel during a shadow transfer.
Page 577 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description DTR1 Dead-Time Run Indication Bit 1 Bit DTR1 indicates the status of the dead-time generation for compare channel 1 of timer T12. Zero, The value of the corresponding dead-time counter channel is 0.
Page 578 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description DTE0 Dead-Time Enable Bit 0 Bit DTE0 enables and disables the dead-time generation for compare channel 0 of timer T12. Disabled, Dead-time generation is disabled. The corresponding outputs switch from the passive state to the active state (according to the actual compare status) without any delay.
Page 579: Timer 13 - Related Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.10.3 Timer 13 – Related Registers The generation of the patterns for a single channel pulse width modulation (PWM) is based on timer T13. The registers related to timer T13 can be concurrently updated (with well-defined conditions) in order to ensure consistency of the PWM signal.
Page 580 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description T13PV 15:0 T13 Period Value The value T13PV defines the counter value for T13, which leads to a period-match. On reaching this value, the timer T13 is set to zero. Table 308 RESET of CCU6_T13PR Register Reset Type...
Page 581 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Register CC63R is the actual compare register for T13. The value stored in CC63R is compared to the counter value of T13. The State Bit CC63ST is located in register CMPSTAT. CCU6_CC63R Offset Reset Value...
Page 582: Capture/Compare Control Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.10.4 Capture/Compare Control Registers The Compare State Register CMPSTAT contains status bits monitoring the current capture and compare state, and control bits defining the active/passive state of the compare channels. CCU6_CMPSTAT Offset Reset Value...
Page 583 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description COUT62PS Passive State Select for Compare Outputs COUT6xPS select the state of the corresponding compare channel, which is considered to be the passive state. During the passive state, the passive level (defined in register PSLR) is driven by the output pin.
Page 584 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description CC61PS Passive State Select for Compare Outputs Bits CC6xPS select the state of the corresponding compare channel, which is considered to be the passive state. During the passive state, the passive level (defined in register PSLR) is driven by the output pin.
Page 585 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description CC63ST Capture/Compare State Bits Bit CC63ST is related to T13. These bits are set and reset according to the T12 and T13 switching rules.
Page 586 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description CC61ST Capture/Compare State Bits Bits CC6xST monitor the state of the capture/compare channels. Bits CC6xST are related to T12; bit CC63ST is related to T13. These bits are set and reset according to the T12 and T13 switching rules.
Page 587 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description Reserved MCC63R Capture/Compare Status Modification Bits (Reset) These bits are used to reset the corresponding CC63ST bits by software. This feature allows the user to individually change the status of the output lines by software, e.g.
Page 588 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description MCC62S Capture/Compare Status Modification Bit 2 (Set) This bit is used to set the corresponding CC62ST bits by software. This feature allows the user to individually change the status of the output lines by software, e.g.
Page 589 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Register TCTR0 controls the basic functionality of both timers T12 and T13. Note: A write action to the bit fields T12CLK or T12PRE is only taken into account while the timer T12 is not running (T12R = 0).
Page 590 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description T13CLK 10:8 Timer T13 Input Clock Select Selects the input clock for timer T13 which is derived from the <T13CLK> peripheral clock according to the equationf 1, f 2, f 4, f...
Page 591 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description T12CLK Timer T12 Input Clock Select Selects the input clock for timer T12 which is derived from the <T12CLK> peripheral clock according to the equation f 1, f 2, f 4, f...
Page 592 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Register TCTR2 controls the single-shot and the synchronization functionality of both timers T12 and T13. Both timers can run in single-shot mode. In this mode, they stop their counting sequence automatically after one counting period with a count value of zero.
Page 593 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description T13TED Timer T13 Trigger Event Direction Bit field T13TED delivers additional information to control the automatic set of bit T13R in the case that the trigger action defined by T13TEC is detected.
Page 594 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Example If the timer T13 is intended to start at any compare event on T12 (T13TEC = 100 ), the trigger event direction can be programmed to: •...
Page 595 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description T13RS Timer T13 Run Set Setting this bit sets the T13R bit. No influence, T13R is not influenced. T13R set, T13R is set, T13 counts. T13RR Timer T13 Run Reset Setting this bit resets the T13R bit.
Page 596: Global Modulation Control Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.10.5 Global Modulation Control Registers Register MODCTR contains control bits enabling the modulation of the corresponding output signal by PWM pattern generated by the timers T12 and T13. Furthermore, the multi-channel mode can be enabled as additional modulation source for the output signals.
Page 597 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description MCMEN Multi-Channel Mode Enable Disabled, The modulation of the corresponding output signal by a multi-channel pattern according to bit field MCMOUT is disabled.
Page 598 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) TRPPEN TRPEN13 TRPEN TRPM2 TRPM10 Field Bits Type Description TRPPEN Trap Pin Enable Disabled, The trap functionality based on the input pin CTRAP is disabled. A trap can only be generated by software by setting bit TRPF.
Page 599 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description TRPM2 Trap Mode Control Bit 2 Hardware reset, The trap state can be left (return to normal operation = bit TRPS = 0) as soon as the input CTRAP becomes inactive.
Page 600 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Table 319 Trap Mode Control Bits 1, 0 Field Bits Description TRPM0, TRPM1 A synchronization to the timer driving the PWM pattern permits to avoid unintended short pulses when leaving the trap state. The combination (TRPM1, TRPM0) leads to: The trap state is left (return to normal operation according to TRPM2) when a zero-match of T12 (while counting up) is detected...
Page 601 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Register PSLR defines the passive state level driven by the output pins of the module. The passive state level is the value that is driven by the port pin during the passive state of the output. During the active state, the corresponding output pin drives the active state level, which is the inverted passive state level.
Page 602: Multi-Channel Modulation Control Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Table 320 RESET of CCU6_PSLR Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 RESET_TYPE_3 Notes 1. Bit field PSL has a shadow register to allow for updates without undesired pulses on the output lines. The bits are updated with the T12 shadow transfer.
Page 603 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description Reserved Returns 0 if read. CURHS 13:11 Current Hall Pattern Shadow Bit field CURHS is the shadow bit field for bit field CURH. The bit field is transferred to bit field CURH if an edge on the hall input pins CCPOSx (x = 0, 1, 2) is detected.
Page 604 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) CURH EXPH MCMP Field Bits Type Description 15:14 Reserved Returns 0 if read. CURH 13:11 Current Hall Pattern Bit field CURH is written by a shadow transfer from bit field CURHS.The contents are compared after every detected edge at the hall input pins with the pattern at the hall input pins in order to detect the occurrence of the next desired (= expected) hall pattern or...
Page 605 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description MCMP Multi-Channel PWM Pattern Bit field MCMP is written by a shadow transfer from bit field MCMPS. It contains the output pattern for the multi-channel mode. If this mode is enabled by bit MCMEN in register MODCTR, the output state of the following output signal can be modified: Bit 0: multi-channel state for output CC60...
Page 606 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description STE13U Shadow Transfer Enable for T13 Upcounting This bit enables the shadow transfer T13_ST if flag MCMOUT.R is set or becomes set while a T13 period match is detected. No action, Enabled, The T13_ST shadow transfer mechanism is enabled if MCMEN = 1.
Page 607 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description SWSEL Switching Selection Bit field SWSEL selects one of the following trigger request sources (next multi-channel event) for the shadow transfer from MCMPS to MCMP.
Page 608: Interrupt Control Registers
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.10.7 Interrupt Control Registers Register IS contains the individual interrupt request bits. This register can only be read; write actions have no impact on the contents of this register. The software can set or reset the bits individually by writing to the registers ISS (to set the bits) or to register ISR (to reset the bits).
Page 609 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description Wrong Hall Event On every valid hall edge, the contents of EXPH are compared with the pattern on pin CCPOSx. If both comparisons (CURH and EXPH with CCPOSx) are not true, bit WHE (wrong hall event) is set.
Page 610 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description T12PM Timer T12 Period-Match Flag Not detected, A timer T12 period-match (while counting up) has not yet been detected since this bit has been reset for the last time.
Page 611 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description ICC60R Capture, Compare-Match Rising Edge Flag In compare mode, a compare-match has been detected while T12 was counting up. In capture mode, a rising edge has been detected at the input CC60.
Page 612 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description SWHC Software Hall Compare No action, Set, The Hall compare action is triggered. STRPF Set Trap Flag No action, Set, Bits TRPF and TRPS in register IS will be set. ST13PM Set Timer T13 Period-Match Flag No action,...
Page 613 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) CCU6_ISR Offset Reset Value Capture/Compare Interrupt Status Reset Table 326 Register RSTR RIDLE RWHE RCHE RTRPF RT13PM RT13CM RT12PM RT12OM RCC62F RCC62R RCC61F RCC61R RCC60F RCC60R Field Bits Type...
Page 614 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description RCC62F Reset Capture, Compare-Match Falling Edge Flag No action, Reset, Bit CC62F in register IS will be reset. RCC62R Reset Capture, Compare-Match Rising Edge Flag No action, Reset, Bit CC62R in register IS will be reset.
Page 615 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description ENSTR Enable Multi-Channel Mode Shadow Transfer Interrupt No interrupt, No interrupt will be generated if the set condition for bit STR in register IS occurs. Interrupt, An interrupt will be generated if the set condition for bit STR in register IS occurs.
Page 616 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description ENT13CM Enable Interrupt for T13 Compare-Match No interrupt, No interrupt will be generated if the set condition for bit T13CM in register IS occurs. Interrupt, An interrupt will be generated if the set condition for bit T13CM in register IS occurs.
Page 617 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description ENCC60F Capture, Compare-Match Falling Edge Interrupt Enable for Channel 0 No interrupt, No interrupt will be generated if the set condition for bit CC60F in register IS occurs. Interrupt, An interrupt will be generated if the set condition for bit CC60F in register IS occurs.
Page 618 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description INPT13 13:12 Interrupt Node Pointer for Timer T13 Interrupts This bit field defines the interrupt output line, which is activated due to a set condition for bit T13CM (if enabled by bit ENT13CM) or for bit T13PM (if enabled by bit ENT13PM).
Page 619 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) Field Bits Type Description INPCC61 Interrupt Node Pointer for Channel 1 Interrupts This bit field defines the interrupt output line, which is activated due to a set condition for bit CC61R (if enabled by bit ENCC61R) or for bit CC61F (if enabled by bit ENCC61F).
Page 620: Tle984Xqx Module Implementation Details
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) 18.11 TLE984xQX Module Implementation Details This section describes the CCU6 module interfaces with the clock control, port connections, interrupt control, and address decoding. 18.11.1 Interfaces of the CCU6 Module An overview of the CCU6 kernel I/O interface is shown in Figure 161.
Page 621 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Capture/Compare Unit 6 (CCU6) CC60 CC61 /CTRAP P2.3/P0.2/P2.4 SRC0 Interrupt SRC1 CCPOS0 P2.0/P2.1/P2.4/P0.3 Controller SRC2 CCPOS1 SRC3 P2.3/P2.5/P0.4/P1.4 CCPOS2 P2.7/P0.5/P1.2 CC60 P0.4/P2.3 T12_SUSPEND COUT60 T13_SUSPEND P0.5 CC61 CCU6 Port P1.0/P2.1 Module Control COUT61...
Page 622: Uart1/Uart2
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications UART1/UART2 UART1/UART2 19.1 Features • Full-duplex asynchronous modes – 8-Bit or 9-Bit data frames, LSB first – fixed or variable baud rate • Receive buffered (1 Byte) • Multiprocessor communication •...
Page 623: Block Diagram
TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications UART1/UART2 19.2.1 Block Diagram UART disreq from SCU _DM SCU_D Interrupt RXD_0 URIOS Control RXD_1 SCU_DM P0.x UART Port Control Module P1.x Clock UART2 Baud Rate f BR P2.x Control Generator Address RXDO_2...
Page 624 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications UART1/UART2 output position, it has a 1 and a sequence of zeros to its left. The control block then executes one last shift before setting the TI bit. Reception is started by the condition REN = 1 and RI = 0. At the start of the reception cycle, 11111110 is written to the receive shift register.
Page 625 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications UART1/UART2 Clock txd_en lin_rx _rdy SEND Data Shift Start Stop Clock Start Stop Bit Detector Sample Times Shift _finish Figure 163 Serial Interface, Mode 1, Timing Diagram User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 626 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications UART1/UART2 19.3.3 Mode 2, 9-Bit UART, Fixed Baud Rate In mode 2, the UART behaves as a 9-bit serial port. A start bit (0), 8 data bits plus a programmable 9th bit and a stop bit (1) are transmitted on TXD or received on RXD.
Page 627 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications UART1/UART2 Clock txd_en lin_rx _rdy SEND Data Shift Start Stop Clock Start Stop Bit Detector Sample Times Shift _finish Figure 164 Serial Interface, Modes 2 and 3, Timing Diagram User Manual Rev.
Page 628 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications UART1/UART2 19.4 Multiprocessor Communication Modes 2 and 3 have a special provision for multiprocessor communication using a system of address bytes with bit 9 = 1 and data bytes with bit 9 = 0. In these modes, 9 data bits are received. The 9th data bit goes into RB8 (SCON.2).
Page 629 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications UART1/UART2 19.6 Baud Rate Generation There are several ways to generate the baud rate clock for the serial port, depending on the mode in which they are operating. The baud rates in modes 0 and 2 are fixed to f /2 and f /64 respectively, while the variable baud rate in modes 1 and 3 is generated based on the setting of the Baud-rate generator in SCU (see...
Page 630 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications UART1/UART2 The following formula calculate the final baud rate. Baud rate • • 16 PRE (BR_VALUE + ) (19.1) The value of PRE (prescaler) is chosen by the bit field BCON1.BR1_PRE. BR_VALUE represents the contents of the reload value, taken as unsigned 11-bit integer from the bit field BG1.BG1_BR_VALUE.
Page 631 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications UART1/UART2 19.7 LIN Support in UART The UART module can be used to support the Local Interconnect Network (LIN) protocol for both master and slave operations. The LIN baud rate detection feature, which consists of the hardware logic for break and sync byte detection, provides the capability to detect the baud rate within LIN protocol using Timer 2 / Timer 21.
Page 632 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications UART1/UART2 13 bits of dominant value, including the start bit, followed by a sync break delimiter, as shown in Figure 168. The sync break delimiter will be at least one nominal bit time long. A slave node will use a sync break detection threshold of 11 nominal bit times.
Page 633 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications UART1/UART2 19.7.3 Automatic Synchronization to the Host Upon entering LIN communication, a connection is established and the transfer speed (baud rate) of the serial communication partner (host) is automatically synchronized in the following steps that are to be included in the user software: STEP 1: Initialize interface for reception and timer for baud rate measurement STEP 2: Wait for an incoming LIN frame from host...
Page 634 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications UART1/UART2 The baud rate range defined by different BGSEL settings is shown in Table 334. Table 334 BGSEL Bit Field Definition for Different Input Frequencies BGSEL Baud Rate Select for Detection BGSEL BGSEL /(2184*2...
Page 635 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications UART1/UART2 19.7.6 LIN Baud Rate Detection The baud rate detection for LIN is shown in Figure 170, the Header LIN frame consists of the: • Sync Break (13 bit times low) •...
Page 636 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications UART1/UART2 19.8 Register Description Table 335 Register Address Space Module Base Address End Address Note UART1 4802 0000 4802 1FFF UART1 UART2 4802 2000 4802 3FFF UART2 5000 5000 5000 5FFF SCU_DM Table 336 Register Overview Register Short Name...
Page 637 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications UART1/UART2 Serial Data Buffer UART_SBUF Offset Reset Value Serial Data Buffer Table 337 Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. Serial Interface Buffer Register Table 337 Reset of UART_SBUF Register Reset Type...
Page 638 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications UART1/UART2 Serial Channel Control Register UART_SCON Offset Reset Value Serial Channel Control Register Table 338 Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. Serial Port Operating Mode Selection Table 330 Serial Port Operating Mode Selection...
Page 639 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications UART1/UART2 Field Bits Type Description Transmit Interrupt Flag This is set by hardware at the end of the 8th bit in mode 0, or at the beginning of the stop bit in modes 1, 2, and 3. Must be cleared by flag SCONCLR.TICLR.
Page 640 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications UART1/UART2 Serial Channel Control Clear Register UART_SCONCLR Offset Reset Value Serial Channel Control Clear Register Table 339 RB8C TICL RICL Field Bits Type Description 31:3 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. RB8CLR SCON.RB8 Clear Flag RB8 Flag is not cleared.
Page 641 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications UART1/UART2 19.9 Interfaces of the UART Module An overview of the I/O interface is shown in Figure 172. In mode 0 (the serial port behaves as a shift register) data is shifted in through RXD_1 and out through RXDO, while the TXD_1 line is used to provide a shift clock which can be used by external devices to clock data in and out.
Page 642 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications UART1/UART2 UART2 disreq from SCU _DM TXD_1 TXD2 SCU_D Interrupt RXD2_0 RXD_1 P1.2/RXD2 URIOS2 Control RXD2_1 SCU_DM P2.5/RXD2 UART Port Control Module P1.2/TXD2 (Kernel ) Clock UART2 Baud Rate f BR P1.3/TXD2 Control Generator 2...
Page 643 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications LIN Transceiver LIN Transceiver 20.1 Features General Functional Features • Compliant to LIN2.2 Standard, backward compatible to LIN1.3, LIN2.0 and LIN 2.1 • Compliant to SAE J2602 (Slew Rate, Receiver hysteresis) Special Features •...
Page 644 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications LIN Transceiver Mode can be used for data transfer under special conditions for up to 250 kbit/s (in production environment, point-to-point communication with reduced wire length and limited supply voltage). User Manual Rev.
Page 645 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications LIN Transceiver 20.2.1 Block Diagram LIN Transceiver 30 k LIN_CTRL_STS CTRL Driver + TxD_1 LIN-FSM Curr. Limit. + from UART STATUS GND_LIN Transmitter PMU_LIN_WAKE_EN.LIN_EN Filter RxD_1 to UART Filter Receiver LIN_Wake Sleep Comparator LIN_Block_Diagram_Customer.vsd...
Page 646 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications LIN Transceiver LIN MODE CONTROL LIN Sleep-Mode (LSLM) LSLM→LHVIOM LHVIOM→LSLM LSLM→ LNM LNM→LSLM LIN Normal - Mode (LNM) LSLM→LROM LROM→LSLM LNM→LROM LROM→LNM High Voltage IO- Mode (LHVIO) LIN Recieve-Only- Mode (LROM) Figure 174 SFR controlled LIN Transceiver State machine LIN Normal Mode (LNM)
Page 647 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications LIN Transceiver The transitions between the described states can only be executed when corresponding conditions are fulfilled. The detailed description of the transitions can be found below. LIN Sleep Mode (LSLM) - LIN Receive-Only Mode (LROM) Transition Description •...
Page 648 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications LIN Transceiver – Feedback Signals of Mode and Slope Mode are ok and – LIN Transceiver LIN_CTRL.OT_STS and LIN_CTRL.OC_STS are not set • LHVIO - LSLM transition is executed when: –...
Page 649 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications LIN Transceiver Normal Slope Mode This mode is usually used to transmit and receive messages on the bus. The selected slew rate setting allows a transmission rate of up to 20 kBaud. Low Slope Mode The usage of this mode is linked to a communication with lower baudrate.
Page 650 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications LIN Transceiver 20.3.5 LIN Transceiver Slope Mode Status The LIN transceiver provides the possibility to monitor the on chip status of the slope control through internally generated feedback signals. The table shows the decoding of the feedback signals. Table 341 Slope Mode Status LIN_FB_SM3 LIN_FB_SM2...
Page 651 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications LIN Transceiver 20.4 Register Definition Table 342 shows the module base addresses. Table 342 Register Address Space Module Base Address End Address Note 4801E000 4801FFFF Table 343 Register Overview Register Short Name Register Long Name Offset Address Reset Value...
Page 652 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications LIN Transceiver Field Bits Type Description 31:23 Reserved Always read as 0 Reserved Always read as 1 HV_MODE LIN Transceiver High Voltage Input - Output Mode Note: switching to HVIO-Mode (this configuration bit gets effective) is only possible when transceiver is in Sleep Mode.
Page 653 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications LIN Transceiver Field Bits Type Description Reserved Always read as 1 Table 344 RESET of LIN_CTRL Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0018 XX07 RESET_TYPE_3 Exact Reset Value: 0000 0000 0001 1000...
Page 654 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications LIN Transceiver Field Bits Type Description TXD_TMOUT_ LIN TXD time-out Interrupt Status NO_TIMEOUT, no time-out occurred TIMEOUT, time-out occurred OC_IS LIN Receiver Overcurrent Interrupt Status no Overcurrent, overcurrent status occurred Overcurrent, overcurrent status occurred OT_IS LIN Receiver Overtemperature Interrupt Status...
Page 655 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications LIN Transceiver Field Bits Type Description Reserved Always read as 0 OT_SC LIN Receiver Overtemperature Status Clear NO_Clear, overtemperature not cleared Clear, overtemperature cleared M_SM_ERR_S LIN Transceiver Mode Error - Slope Mode Error Status Clear NO_Clear, overtemperature not cleared Clear, overtemperature cleared Reserved...
Page 656 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications LIN Transceiver TXD_ OC_I OT_I M_SM TMOU _ERR T_I* _IEN Field Bits Type Description 31:7 Reserved Always read as 0 TXD_TMOUT_ LIN Transceiver TxD-Timeout interrupt enable disable, enable, OC_IEN LIN Transceiver Overcurrent interrupt enable disable, enable, OT_IEN...
Page 657 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications LIN Transceiver The output interrupt signal to Node 10 look like: LIN_IRQS.OT _IS LIN OT LIN_IRQCLR .OT_ISC LIN_IRQEN.OT _IEN LIN _IRQS.OC_IS LIN OC LIN _IRQCLR.OC_ISC >=1 Node 10 LIN_IRQEN .OC_IEN LIN _IRQS.TMOUT_IS LIN TxD -TMOUT LIN_IRQCLR.TMOUT_ISC...
Page 658 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 21.1 Features • Master and Slave Mode operation – Full-duplex or half-duplex operation • Transmit and receive double buffered • Flexible data format –...
Page 659 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 21.2.1 Block Diagram Figure 176 shows all functional relevant interfaces associated with the SSC Kernel. MRSTA MRSTB MTSR SCU_DM Interrupt Control MTSRA P0.x MTSRB Port Module P1.x MRST...
Page 660 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 PCLK SS_CLK Baud-rate Clock Generator Control MS_CLK Shift Clock Receive Int. Request SSC Control Block Transmit Int. Request Register CON Error Int. Request Status Control TXD(Master) RXD(Slave) 16-Bit Shift...
Page 661 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 Note: Only one SSC (etc.) can be master at a given time. The transfer of serial data bits can be programmed in many respects: • The data width can be specified from 2 bits to 16 bits •...
Page 662 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 for master operation generates and outputs the shift clock on line MS_CLK. Since all slaves receive this clock, their pin SCLK must be switched to input mode. The output of the master’s shift register is connected to the external transmit line, which in turn is connected to the slaves’...
Page 663 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 not actively driven onto the line, but only held through the pull-up device, the selected slave can pull this line actively to a low-level when transmitting a zero bit. The master selects the slave device from which it expects data either by separate select lines or by sending a special command to this slave.
Page 664 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 21.3.4 Half-Duplex Operation In a Half-Duplex Mode, only one data line is necessary for both receiving and transmitting of data. The data exchange line is connected to both the MTSR and MRST pins of each device, the shift clock line is connected to the SCLK pin.
Page 665 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 Note: Of course, this can happen only in multiples of the selected basic data width, because it would require disabling/enabling of the SSC to reprogram the basic data width on-the-fly. 21.3.5.1 Port Control The SSC uses three lines to communicate with the external world.
Page 666 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 21.3.6 Baud Rate Generation The serial channel SSC has its own dedicated 16-bit baud-rate generator with 16-bit reload capability, allowing baud rate generation independent of the timers. Figure 177 shows the baud-rate generator.
Page 667 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 Table 348 Typical Baud Rates of the SSC (f = 40 MHz) hw_clk Reload Value Baud Rate (= f Deviation MS_CLK/SS_CLK 00C7 100 kBaud 0.0% 07CF 10 kBaud 0.0%...
Page 668 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 A Phase Error (Master or Slave Mode) is detected when the incoming data at pin MRST (Master Mode) or MTSR (Slave Mode), sampled with the same frequency as the module clock, changes between one cycle before and two cycles after the latching edge of the shift clock signal SCLK.
Page 669 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 21.4 Interrupts The three SSC interrupts can be separately enabled or disabled by setting or clearing their corresponding enable bits in SFR SCU_MODIEN. For a detailed description of the various interrupts see Section 21.3.
Page 670 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 21.5 SSC Kernel Registers There are two SSC kernels in the TLE984xQX, namely SSC1 and SSC2. Table 350 shows the SSC module base addresses. Table 350 Register Address Space Module Base Address End Address...
Page 671 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 MIS_ MIS_ Field Bits Type Description 31:4 Reserved Always read as 0; should be written with 0. MIS_1 Master Mode Input Select Bit 1 (Master Mode only) Default, Inputs selected according to MIS_0.
Page 672 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 AREN Field Bits Type Description 31:29 Reserved Always read as 0; should be written with 0. Busy Flag Can only be read when EN=1 (operating mode). Invalid data when EN=0 (programming mode).
Page 673 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 Field Bits Type Description Transmit Error Flag Can only be read when EN=1 (operating mode). Invalid data when EN=0 (programming mode). NO, error. ERROR, Transfer starts with the slave’s transmit buffer not being updated.
Page 674 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 Field Bits Type Description Receive Error Enable Can only be accessed when EN=0 (programming mode). Invalid data when EN=1 (operating mode). IGNORE, receive errors. CHECK, receive errors. Transmit Error Enable Can only be accessed when EN=0 (programming mode).
Page 675 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 Interrupt Status Register Clear SSC_ISRCLR Offset Reset Value Interrupt Status Register Clear Table 354 BECL PECL RECL TECL Field Bits Type Description 31:12 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. BECLR Baud Rate Error Flag Clear NO, No error clear.
Page 676 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 BR_VALUE Field Bits Type Description 31:16 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. BR_VALUE 15:0 Baud Rate Timer/Reload Register Value Reading BR returns the 16-bit contents of the baud rate timer.
Page 677 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 21.5.4 Transmitter Buffer Register Transmitter Buffer Register The SSC transmitter buffer register TB contains the transmit data value. SSC_TB Offset Reset Value Transmitter Buffer Register Table 356 TB_VALUE Field...
Page 678 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Speed Synchronous Serial Interface SSC1/SSC2 RB_VALUE Field Bits Type Description 31:16 Reserved Returns 0 if read; should be written with 0. RB_VALUE 15:0 Receive Data Register Value RB contains the received data value RB_VALUE. Unselected bits of RB will be not valid and should be ignored.
Page 679 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Unit Measurement Unit 22.1 Features • 1 x 10 Bit ADC with 13 Inputs including attenuator allowing measurement of high voltage input signals • Supply Voltage Attenuators with attenuation of VBAT_SENSE, VS, MONx, P2.x. •...
Page 680 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Unit VDDC x 0.047 VBAT_SENSE x 0.047 x 0.039 MON1 MON2 x 0.039 MON3 x 0.039 DPP1 MON4 x 0.039 VREF MON5 x 0.039 P2.1 x 0.219 P2.2 x 0.219 ADC 1 x 0.219 P2.3...
Page 681 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Unit 22.3 8 Bit - 10 Channel ADC Core The 8 Bit ADC Core operates at the VDDC Supply Voltage. This enables the user to operate the measurement system down to reset threshold. The ADC can also be operated independently form the DPP unit. This enables the user to build up a software controlled measurement cycle.
Page 682 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Unit 22.3.2 Transfer Characteristics of ADC2 The transfer function of ADC2 can be expressed by the equation below: (22.1) Vin * Gain ADC2out floor ( Vlsb where Vin is the input voltage and Gain the individual Channel Gain.
Page 683 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Unit 22.4 10 Bit - 12 Channel ADC Core The 10 Bit ADC is using Port 2.x as inputs. The configuration possibilities of the input channels is shown below: 22.4.1 10 Bit ADC Channel Allocation The allocation of the 12 Channels of ADC1 is sketched below:...
Page 684 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Unit Table 361 ADC1 Channel Selection and Voltage Ranges (cont’d) Channel # Measurement Input Pin Gain of channel Vin_FS [V] vsense_p21_ai 56/256 5.53 vsense_p22_ai 56/256 5.53 vsense_p23_ai 56/256 5.53 vsense_p26_ai 56/256 5.53...
Page 685 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Unit 22.5 Central and PMU Regulator Temperature Sensor This module is a quasi combination of a main on-chip temperature sensor and a PMU Regulator temperature sensor. Modules Features • 2 operation modes with Mode 1 - temperature range corresponds to differential output voltage range 0 …1.2V (output voltage shift enabled), resolution approximately 10°C.
Page 686 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Unit Temperature Sensor Control Register MF_TEMPSENSE_CTRL Offset Reset Value Temperature Sensor Control Register Table 363 SYS_ SYS_ LS_O LS_O OT_* OTW* T_S* TWA* Field Bits Type Description 31:10 Reserved Always read as 0 Reserved Always read as 0...
Page 687 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Unit 22.6 Supplement Modules The purpose of the supplement modules is to enable a certain infrastructure on the device to guarantee a fail safe operation: Module Features • Bandgap Reference Voltage with accuracy ± 1.5%. •...
Page 688 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Unit 22.6.2 Supplement Modules Control and Status Register The next chapter lists the diagnosis and configuration possibilities of the supplement modules. Table 364 Register Overview Register Short Name Register Long Name Offset Address Reset Value Supplement Modules Control and Status...
Page 689 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Unit Table 365 RESET of MF_REF1_STS Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 000000C1 RESET_TYPE_3 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 690 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) 23.1 Features • 7 individually programmable channels split into two groups of user configurable and non user configurable • Individually programmable channel prioritization scheme for measurement unit •...
Page 691 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) MUX_SEL<2:0> Channel Controller (Sequencer) ADC2 - SFR / 10 Digital Signal Processing ADC2_OUT_CHx VDDEXT 1st Order IIR VDDP ADC2 VREF UP_X_STS + / - Calibration Unit : TH_UP_CHx VDDC y= a + (1+b)*x...
Page 692 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) 23.3 ADC2 - Core (8-bit ADC) 23.3.1 Functional Description The different sequencer modes are controlled by SFR Register: • “Normal Sequencer Mode” described in the Chapter Channel Controller.
Page 693 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) 23.3.2 ADC2 Control Registers The ADC2 is fully controllable by the below listed sfr Registers. The control must be enabled by setting all bits sequencer bits to zero. To enable the sequencer again this corresponding bits in the sequencer register must be set to one again.
Page 694 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) ADC2 Control Register ADC2_CTRL_STS Offset Reset Value ADC2 Control and Status Register Table 368 IN_MUX_SEL rwh1 Field Bits Type Description 31:25 Reserved Always read as 0 Reserved Always read as 0 23:12...
Page 695 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Field Bits Type Description Reserved Always read as 0 Reserved Always read as 0 Table 368 RESET of ADC2_CTRL_STS Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3...
Page 696 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) ADC2 HV Control Register ADC2_STATUS Offset Reset Value ADC2 HV Status Register Table 369 READ Field Bits Type Description 31:2 Reserved Always read as 0 READY HVADC Ready bit Not ready, Module in power down or in init phase...
Page 697 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) 23.4 Channel Controller 23.4.1 Functional Description The task of each channel controller is a prioritization of the individual measurement channels. The sequencing scheme is illustrated in the example of following table and can be programmed individually for measurement unit.
Page 698 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) ⎛ ⎞ ∑ ⎜ ⎟ ⎝ ⎠ meas, n meas (23.2) The timing of the analog MUX and the digital DEMUX is controlled by the channel controller accordingly. The analog MUX with sample and hold stage needs one clock cycle for channel switching and the ADC consumes, as default setting, 12 clock cycles for the sampling of the input voltage.
Page 699 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) 23.4.2 Channel Controller Control Registers The Channel Controller can be configured by the SFR Register listed in Table 371. The registers which cannot be written by the user have the attribute rwpt. Table 371 Register Overview Register Short Name Register Long Name...
Page 700 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Field Bits Type Description 31:7 Reserved Always read as 0 CALIB_EN_6_0 rwpt Calibration Enable for Channels 6 to 0 The following values can be ored: 000 0001 CH0_EN, Channel 0 calibration enable 000 0010...
Page 701 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Field Bits Type Description SAMPLE_TIME_int 11:8 Sample time of ADC2 MICLK4, 4 MI_CLK clock periods MICLK6, 6 MI_CLK clock periods MICLK8, 8 MI_CLK clock periods MICLK10, 10 MI_CLK clock periods MICLK12, 12 MI_CLK clock periods (default) MICLK14, 14 MI_CLK clock periods...
Page 702 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) FILT_OUT_SEL_6_0 Field Bits Type Description 31:10 Reserved Always read as 0 Reserved Always read as 0 Reserved Always read as 0 FILT_OUT_SEL_6_0 Output Filter Selection for Channels 0 to 6 000 0000 ADC2 Unfiltered Data can be monitored in the corresponding ADC2_FILT_OUTx Registers, .
Page 703 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) rwpt rwpt rwpt rwpt Field Bits Type Description Reserved Always read as 0 30:24 rwpt Sequence 4 channel enable The following values can be ored: 000 0001 CH0_EN, Channel 0 enable 000 0010...
Page 704 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Field Bits Type Description rwpt Sequence 1 channel enable The following values can be ored: 000 0001 CH0_EN, Channel 0 enable 000 0010 CH1_EN, Channel 1 enable 000 0100 CH2_EN, Channel 2 enable 000 1000...
Page 705 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Measurement Channel Enable Bits for Cycle 5 - 8 ADC2_SQ5_8 Offset Reset Value Measurement Channel Enable Bits for Cycle Table 376 5 - 8 rwpt rwpt rwpt Field...
Page 706 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Field Bits Type Description rwpt Sequence 5 channel enable The following values can be ored: 000 0001 CH0_EN, Channel 0 enable 000 0010 CH1_EN, Channel 1 enable 000 0100 CH2_EN, Channel 2 enable 000 1000...
Page 707 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Sequencer Feedback Register ADC2_SQ_FB Offset Reset Value Sequencer Feedback Register Table 377 CHx_STS EIM_ SQ_S SQx_STS SQ_FB ACT* Field Bits Type Description 31:20 Reserved Always read as 0 CHx_STS 19:16 Current ADC2 Channel...
Page 708 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Field Bits Type Description SQ_STOP ADC2 Sequencer Stop Signal for DPP DPP Running, Postprocessing Sequencer in running mode DPP Stopped, Postprocessing Sequencer stopped / Software Mode entered Reserved Always read as 0 SQ_FB...
Page 709 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Channel Setting for Exceptional Interrupt Measurement ADC2_CHx_EIM Offset Reset Value Channel Settings Bits for Exceptional Table 378 Interrupt Measurement CHx_SEL Field Bits Type Description 31:13 Reserved Always read as 0 Exceptional interrupt measurement (EIM) Trigger select...
Page 710 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Field Bits Type Description CHx_SEL Channel set for exceptional interrupt measurement (EIM) Other bit combinations are n.u., not used. CH0_EN, Channel 0 enable CH1_EN, Channel 1 enable CH2_EN, Channel 2 enable CH3_EN, Channel 3 enable CH4_EN, Channel 4 enable...
Page 711 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Maximum Time for Software Mode ADC2_MAX_TIME Offset Reset Value Maximum Time for Software Mode Table 379 MAX_TIME Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Always read as 0 MAX_TIME Maximum Time in Software Mode Maximum time in Software Mode with the unit of 50 ns.
Page 712 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) 23.5 Calibration Unit 23.5.1 Functional Description The calibration unit of the Measurement Core module is dedicated to cancel offset and gain errors out of the signal chain.
Page 713 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Calibration Unit ALU - 16 Bit signed : y = a + (1+b)*x ADC Raw Data CALIB_EN ADC - SFR ADC_CALOFFS ADC_CALGAIN ADC_CALIB_ENx Figure 188 Structure of Calibration Unit User Manual Rev.
Page 714 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) 23.5.2 Calibration Unit Control Registers The Calibration Unit can be configured by the SFR Register shown below. The registers which cannot be written by the user have the attribute rwp. This register is: ADC2_CAL_CH6_7 Table 380 Register Overview Register Short Name...
Page 715 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Field Bits Type Description OFFS_CH0 rwpt Offset Calibration for channel 0 For ADC output set CALIB_EN_0 = 0 Table 381 RESET of ADC2_CAL_CH0_1 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode...
Page 716 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) ADC2 Calibration Value Channel 4 & 5 ADC2_CAL_CH4_5 Offset Reset Value Calibration for Channel 4 & 5 Table 383 GAIN_CH5 OFFS_CH5 rwpt rwpt GAIN_CH4 OFFS_CH4 rwpt rwpt Field...
Page 717 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) GAIN_CH6 OFFS_CH6 rwpt rwpt Field Bits Type Description 31:16 Reserved Always read as 0 GAIN_CH6 15:8 rwpt Gain Calibration for channel 6 For ADC output set CALIB_EN_6 = 0 Reserved Always read as 0 OFFS_CH6...
Page 718 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) 23.6 IIR-Filter 23.6.1 Functional Description To cancel low frequency noise out of the measured signal, every channel of the digital signal includes a first order IIR Filter. The structure of the IIR Filter is shown in the picture below. IIR _Data Calib_Raw_Data IIR-Filter-Structure.vsd...
Page 719 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Frequency response of 1st order IIR a = - 0.5 a = - 0.9375 Frequency (Hz) x 10 Phase response of 1st order IIR Frequency (Hz) x 10 Figure 190 IIR filter transfer function for different filter length fl (1MHz corresponds to 1/2*channel sampling frequency)
Page 720 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Table 385 IIR filter characteristics Filter coefficient Group delay at=ω0 τ[samples] User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 721 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) 23.6.2 IIR Filter Control Registers The IIR Filter can also be configured by the sfr Register shown below. The registers which cannot be written by the user have the attribute rwp.
Page 722 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Table 387 Register Overview (cont’d) Register Short Name Register Long Name Offset Address Reset Value ADC2_FILT_OUT5 ADC or Filter Output Channel 5 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 00XX XXXX XXXX ADC2_FILT_OUT6...
Page 723 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Field Bits Type Description A_CH5 11:10 rwpt Filter Coefficient A for ADC channel 5 1/2, weight of current sample 1/4, weight of current sample 1/8, weight of current sample 1/16, weight of current sample A_CH4 rwpt...
Page 724 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) ADC or Filter Output Channel 0 This registers reflects the current value of channel 0 of the measurement chain, which is assigned to VBAT_SENSE measurement. ADC2_FILT_OUT0 Offset Reset Value...
Page 725 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Field Bits Type Description 31:10 Reserved Always read as 0 OUT_CH1 ADC or filter output value channel 1 For ADC output set ADC2_FILTUP_1_EN = 0 Table 390 RESET of ADC2_FILT_OUT1 Register Reset Type...
Page 726 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) ADC or Filter Output Channel 2 ADC2_FILT_OUT2 Offset Reset Value ADC or Filter Output Channel 2 Table 391 OUT_CH2 Field Bits Type Description 31:10 Reserved Always read as 0 OUT_CH2 ADC or filter output value channel 2...
Page 727 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Field Bits Type Description 31:10 Reserved Always read as 0 OUT_CH3 ADC or filter output value channel 3 For ADC output set ADC2_FILTUP_3_EN = 0 Table 392 RESET of ADC2_FILT_OUT3 Register Reset Type...
Page 728 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) ADC or Filter Output Channel 4 ADC2_FILT_OUT4 Offset Reset Value ADC or Filter Output Channel 4 Table 393 OUT_CH4 Field Bits Type Description 31:10 Reserved Always read as 0 OUT_CH4 ADC or filter output value channel 4...
Page 729 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Field Bits Type Description 31:10 Reserved Always read as 0 OUT_CH5 ADC or filter output value channel 5 For ADC output set ADC2_FILTUP_5_EN = 0 Table 394 RESET of ADC2_FILT_OUT5 Register Reset Type...
Page 730 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) 23.7 Signal Processing 23.7.1 Functional Description up/down counter Upper Ch. X (integrator) comparator comparator FILTUP_X_EN CNT_UP_ 3 to 8 TH_ UP_CHX stop (+1) UP_X_STS CNT_UP_ ±1 reset MMODE_UV...
Page 731 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) a) MMODE_OV/UV = 0 (range control ) filters/counter disabled overvoltage ADC_OUT undervoltage detection (VBAT) detection TH_UP HYST_UP > 0 HYST_LO > 0 TH_LO time LO_STS time UP_STS time...
Page 732 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) 23.7.2 Postprocessing Control Registers The Temperature Sensor is fully controllable by the below listed sfr Registers. Table 396 Register Overview Register Short Name Register Long Name Offset Address Reset Value Postprocessing Control Registers,...
Page 733 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Upper Threshold Filter Enable ADC2_FILT_UP_CTRL Offset Reset Value Upper Threshold Filter Enable Table 397 UPEN UPEN UPEN UPEN UPEN UPEN UPEN _Ch6 _Ch5 _Ch4 _Ch3 _Ch2 _Ch1 _Ch0...
Page 734 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Lower Threshold Filter Enable Setting this register enables the IIR filter structure for the postprocessing of the lower threshold. This can be used e.g. as shutdown signal for the system, in case of supply loss. ADC2_FILT_LO_CTRL Offset Reset Value...
Page 735 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Table 398 RESET of ADC2_FILT_LO_CTRL Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_4 0000007F RESET_TYPE_4 Overvoltage Measurement Mode of Channel 0-7 ADC2_MMODE0_7 Offset Reset Value...
Page 736 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Field Bits Type Description MSEL_Ch3 rwpt Measurement mode ch 3 MMODE0, upper & lower voltage/limit measurement MMODEUV, undervoltage/-limit measurement MMODEOV, overvoltage/-limit measurement RESERVED, reserved MSEL_Ch2 rwpt Measurement mode ch 2 MMODE0, upper &...
Page 737 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Upper Comparator Trigger Level Channel 0 - 3 ADC2_TH0_3_UPPER Offset Reset Value Upper Comparator Trigger Level Channel 0- Table 400 THUP_CH3 THUP_CH2 THUP_CH1 THUP_CH0 Field Bits Type Description...
Page 738 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Upper Comparator Trigger Level Channel 4 - 7 ADC2_TH4_7_UPPER Offset Reset Value Upper Comparator Trigger Level Channel 4 - Table 401 THUP_CH7 THUP_CH6 rwpt rwpt THUP_CH5 THUP_CH4 rwpt...
Page 739 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Upper Counter Trigger Level Channel 0 - 3 ADC2_CNT0_3_UPPER Offset Reset Value Upper Counter Trigger Level Channel 0 - 3 Table 402 HYST_UP HYST_UP CNT_UP_CH3 CNT_UP_CH2 _CH3 _CH2...
Page 740 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Field Bits Type Description CNT_UP_CH2 18:16 Upper timer trigger threshold channel 2 1 measurement 2 measurements 4 measurements 8 measurements 16 measurements 32 measurements 63 measurements 63 measurements 15:13 Reserved...
Page 741 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Upper Counter Trigger Level Channel 4 to 7 ADC2_CNT4_7_UPPER Offset Reset Value Upper Counter Trigger Level Channel 4 to 7 Table 403 HYST_UP HYST_UP CNT_UP_CH7 CNT_UP_CH6 _CH7 _CH6...
Page 742 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Field Bits Type Description CNT_UP_CH6 18:16 Upper timer trigger threshold channel 6 1 measurement 2 measurements 4 measurements 8 measurements 16 measurements 32 measurements 63 measurements 63 measurements 15:13 Reserved...
Page 743 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Lower Comparator Trigger Level Channel 0 - 3 ADC2_TH0_3_LOWER Offset Reset Value Lower Comparator Trigger Level Channel 0 - Table 404 THLO_CH3 THLO_CH2 rwpt rwpt THLO_CH1 THLO_CH0 rwpt...
Page 744 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Lower Comparator Trigger Level Channel 4 to 7 ADC2_TH4_7_LOWER Offset Reset Value Lower Comparator Trigger Level Channel 4 Table 405 to 7 THLO_CH7 THLO_CH6 THLO_CH5 THLO_CH4 rwpt Field...
Page 745 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Lower Counter Trigger Level Channel 0 - 3 ADC2_CNT0_3_LOWER Offset Reset Value Lower Counter Trigger Level Channel 0 - 3 Table 406 HYST_LO HYST_LO CNT_LO_CH3 CNT_LO_CH2 _CH3 _CH2...
Page 746 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Field Bits Type Description CNT_LO_CH2 18:16 Lower timer trigger threshold channel 2 1 measurement 2 measurements 4 measurements 8 measurements 16 measurements 32 measurements 63 measurements 63 measurements 15:13 Reserved...
Page 747 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Table 406 RESET of ADC2_CNT0_3_LOWER Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_4 09090909 RESET_TYPE_4 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 748 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Lower Counter Trigger Level Channel 4 to 7 ADC2_CNT4_7_LOWER Offset Reset Value Lower Counter Trigger Level Channel 4 to 7 Table 407 HYST_LO HYST_LO CNT_LO_CH7 CNT_LO_CH6 _CH7 _CH6...
Page 749 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Field Bits Type Description HYST_LO_CH6 20:19 Channel 6 lower hysteresis HYSTOFF, hysteresis switched off HYST4, hysteresis = 4 HYST8, hysteresis = 8 HYST16, hysteresis = 16 CNT_LO_CH6 18:16 Lower timer trigger threshold channel 6...
Page 750 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) Field Bits Type Description CNT_LO_CH4 Lower timer trigger threshold channel 4 1 measurement 2 measurements 4 measurements 8 measurements 16 measurements 32 measurements 63 measurements 63 measurements Table 407 RESET of ADC2_CNT4_7_LOWER...
Page 751 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Measurement Core Module (incl. ADC2) 23.8 Start-up Behavior after Reset After the end of a reset phase the measurement sources and the post-processing units need some time for settling. In order to avoid undesired triggering of interrupts until the measurement signal acquisition is in a steady state, the status signals are forced to zero during the start-up phase.
Page 752 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) 24.1 Features The basic function of this block is the digital postprocessing of several analog digitized measurement signals by means of filtering, level comparison and interrupt generation. The measurement postprocessing block is built of twelve identical channel units attached to the outputs of the 13-channel 10-bit ADC.
Page 753 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) 24.2 Introduction The basic function of this unit, is the digital signal processing of several analog digitized measurement signals by means of filtering, level comparison and interrupt generation. The Measurement Core module processes twelve channels in a quasi parallel process.
Page 754 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) The threshold counter can be bypassed ADC1_FILT_UP_CTRL ADC1_FILT_LO_CTRL User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 755 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) 24.3 ADC1 - Core (10-Bit ADC) 24.3.1 Functional Description The different sequencer modes are controlled by SFR Register: • “Normal Sequencer Mode” described in the Chapter Channel Controller.
Page 756 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Software Mode: The default mode of the DPP1 is the sequencer mode. To change from this default mode to Software mode the corresponding flag ADC1.CTRL3.SW_MODE has to be set. In Software Mode measurements are triggered by writing the ADC1_CTRL_STS.SOS bit.
Page 757 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) The registers are addressed wordwise. ADC1 Control and Status Register ADC1_CTRL_STS Offset Reset Value ADC1 Control and Status Register Table 411 STRT UP_* CAL_ READ SW_CH_SEL PD_N SIGN...
Page 758 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description SW_CH_SEL 11:8 Channel for software mode Other bit combinations are reserved, do not use. Note: a rfu combination is automatically mapped to channel 12;...
Page 759 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description rwh1 ADC1 Start of Sampling/Conversion (software mode) Note: Bit is set by software to start sampling and conversion and it is cleared by hardware once the conversion is finished.
Page 760 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) 24.4 ADC - Trigger Unit The DPP Unit provides also a trigger block. This trigger block provides the following functionality: • “Exceptional Interrupt Measurement” (EIM), upon hardware event , the channel programmed in ADC1_CHx_EIM is inserted after the current measurement is finished.
Page 761 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) 24.5 Channel Controller 24.5.1 Functional Description The task of each channel controller is a prioritization of the individual measurement channels. The sequencing scheme is illustrated in the example of following table and can be programmed individually for measurement unit.
Page 762 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) which results in 144 A/D conversion cycles. The average measurement periodicity of channel n in A/D conversion cycles is defined as ⎛ ⎞ ∑ ⎜ ⎟...
Page 763 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) 24.5.2 Channel Controller Control Registers The Channel Controller can fully be configured by the SFR Register listed in Table 413. Table 413 Register Overview Register Short Name Register Long Name Offset Address Reset Value...
Page 764 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Control Register 2 This register is dedicated for controlling the calibration unit of the measurement core module. The respective channel calibration can be enabled or disabled by the bits listed below. ADC1_CTRL2 Offset Reset Value...
Page 765 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Control Register 3 ADC1_CTRL3 Offset Reset Value Measurement Unit 1 Control Register 3 Table 415 SAMPLE_TIME_L SAMPLE_TIME_H MCM_ EoC_ EoC_ SW_M MCM_ FAIL FAI* PD_N...
Page 766 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description SAMPLE_TIME_HVCH 11:8 Sample time of ADC1 Note: the absolute sampling time of a High Voltage Channel should not be choosen lower than 2 us. Otherwise it is not ensured that the settling time of the input signal is long enough.
Page 767 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description MCM_PD_N Power Down Signal for MCM MCM Disabled, Measurement Core Module Disabled MCM Enabled, Measurement Core Module Enabled 1) MCM = Measurement Core Module Table 415 RESET of ADC1_CTRL3 Register Reset Type...
Page 768 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Control Register 4 ADC1_CTRL4 Offset Reset Value Measurement Unit 1 Control Register 4 Table 416 MAX_CALTIME Field Bits Type Description 31:4 Reserved Always read as 0 MAX_CALTIME Maximum ADC Calibration Time...
Page 769 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Control Register 5 ADC1_CTRL5 Offset Reset Value Measurement Unit 1 Control Register 5 Table 417 FILT_OUT_SEL_11_0 Field Bits Type Description 31:12 Reserved Always read as 0 FILT_OUT_SEL_11_0 11:0...
Page 770 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Table 417 RESET of ADC1_CTRL5 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_4 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_4 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 771 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Channel Enable Bits for Cycle 0 - 1 ADC1_SQ0_1 Offset Reset Value Measurement Unit 1 Channel Enable Bits for Table 418 Cycle 0-1 Field Bits Type...
Page 772 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description 11:0 Sequence 0 channel enable The following values can be ored: 0000 0000 0001 CH0_EN, Channel 0 enable 0000 0000 0010 CH1_EN, Channel 1 enable 0000 0000 0100 CH2_EN, Channel 2 enable...
Page 773 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Channel Enable Bits for Cycle 2 - 3 ADC1_SQ2_3 Offset Reset Value Measurement Unit 1 Channel Enable Bits for Table 419 Cycle 2-3 Field Bits Type...
Page 774 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description 11:0 Sequence 2 channel enable The following values can be ored: 0000 0000 0001 CH0_EN, Channel 0 enable 0000 0000 0010 CH1_EN, Channel 1 enable 0000 0000 0100 CH2_EN, Channel 2 enable...
Page 775 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Channel Enable Bits for Cycle 4-5 ADC1_SQ4_5 Offset Reset Value Measurement Unit 1 Channel Enable Bits for Table 420 Cycle 4-5 Field Bits Type Description...
Page 776 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description 11:0 Sequence 4 channel enable The following values can be ored: 0000 0000 0001 CH0_EN, Channel 0 enable 0000 0000 0010 CH1_EN, Channel 1 enable 0000 0000 0100 CH2_EN, Channel 2 enable...
Page 777 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Channel Enable Bits for Cycle 6-7 ADC1_SQ6_7 Offset Reset Value Measurement Unit 1 Channel Enable Bits for Table 421 Cycle 6-7 Field Bits Type Description...
Page 778 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description 11:0 Sequence 6 channel enable The following values can be ored: 0000 0000 0001 CH0_EN, Channel 0 enable 0000 0000 0010 CH1_EN, Channel 1 enable 0000 0000 0100 CH2_EN, Channel 2 enable...
Page 779 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Channel Enable Bits for Cycle 8-9 ADC1_SQ8_9 Offset Reset Value Measurement Unit 1 Channel Enable Bits for Table 422 Cycle 8-9 Field Bits Type Description...
Page 780 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description 11:0 Sequence 8 channel enable The following values can be ored: 0000 0000 0001 CH0_EN, Channel 0 enable 0000 0000 0010 CH1_EN, Channel 1 enable 0000 0000 0100 CH2_EN, Channel 2 enable...
Page 781 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Channel Enable Bits for Cycle 10-11 ADC1_SQ10_11 Offset Reset Value Measurement Unit 1 Channel Enable Bits for Table 423 Cycle 10-11 SQ11 SQ10 Field Bits...
Page 782 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description SQ10 11:0 Sequence 10 channel enable The following values can be ored: 0000 0000 0001 CH0_EN, Channel 0 enable 0000 0000 0010 CH1_EN, Channel 1 enable 0000 0000 0100 CH2_EN, Channel 2 enable...
Page 783 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Sequencer Feedback Register ADC1_SQ_FB Offset Reset Value Sequencer Feedback Register Table 424 ESM_ EIM_ SQ_S SQ_FB ACT* ACT* Field Bits Type Description 31:20 Reserved Always read as 0 19:16 Current ADC1 Channel Other bit combinations are reserved, do not use.
Page 784 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description 14:11 Current Active ADC1 Sequence Other bit combinations are reserved, do not use. 0000 SQ0, Sequence 0 enable 0001 SQ1, Sequence 1 enable 0010 SQ2, Sequence 2 enable 0011...
Page 785 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description SQ_FB Current Sequence that caused software mode Other bit combinations are n.u., not used. 0 0000 SQ0, Sequence 0 enable 0 0001 SQ1, Sequence 1 enable 0 0010 SQ2, Sequence 2 enable...
Page 786 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Channel Setting Bits for Exceptional Interrupt Measurement ADC1_CHx_EIM Offset Reset Value Channel Setting Bits for Exceptional Table 425 Interrupt Measurement ADC1_EIM_T RIG_SEL EIM_ EIM_REP EIM_CHx Field Bits Type...
Page 787 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description EIM_CHx Channel set for exceptional interrupt measurement (EIM) Other bit combinations are n.u., not used. Note: selection of a rfu combination will be automatically mapped to CH11 0000 CH0_EN, Channel 0 enable...
Page 788 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Channel Setting Bits for Exceptional Sequence Measurement ADC1_CHx_ESM Offset Reset Value Channel Setting Bits for Exceptional Table 426 Sequence Measurement ESM_ ESM_ ADC1_ESM_T RIG_SEL ESM_0 Field Bits Type...
Page 789 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description ESM_0 11:0 Channel Sequence for Exceptional Sequence Measurement (ESM) The following values can be ored: 0000 0000 0001 CH0_EN, Channel 0 enable 0000 0000 0010 CH1_EN, Channel 1 enable 0000 0000 0100...
Page 790 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Maximum Time for Software Mode ADC1_MAX_TIME Offset Reset Value Maximum Time for Software Mode Table 427 MAX_TIME Field Bits Type Description 31:8 Reserved Always read as 0 MAX_TIME Maximum Time in Software Mode Maximum time in Software Mode with the unit of 50 ns.
Page 791 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) 24.6 Calibration Unit 24.6.1 Functional Description The calibration unit of the Measurement Core module is dedicated to cancel offset and gain errors out of the signal chain.
Page 792 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Calibration Unit ALU - 20 Bit signed : y = a + (1+b)*x ADC Raw Data CALIB_EN ADC - SFR ADC_CALOFFS ADC_CALGAIN Figure 196 Structure of Calibration Unit User Manual Rev.
Page 793 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) 24.6.2 Calibration Unit Control Registers The Calibration Unit can be configured by the SFR Register shown below. All calibration registers can be written by the user. This allows an in-system recalibration of a dedicated measurement. Table 428 Register Overview Register Short Name Register Long Name...
Page 794 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description Reserved Always read as 0 CALOFFS_CH0 Offset Calibration for channel 0 For ADC output set CALIB_EN_0 = 0 Table 429 RESET of ADC1_CAL_CH0_1 Register Reset Type Reset Values...
Page 795 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Calibration for Channel 2 & 3 ADC1_CAL_CH2_3 Offset Reset Value Calibration for Channel 2 & 3 Table 430 CALGAIN_CH3 CALOFFS_CH3 CALGAIN_CH2 CALOFFS_CH2 Field Bits Type...
Page 796 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Calibration for Channel 4 & 5 ADC1_CAL_CH4_5 Offset Reset Value Calibration for Channel 4 & 5 Table 431 CALGAIN_CH5 CALOFFS_CH5 CALGAIN_CH4 CALOFFS_CH4 Field Bits Type...
Page 797 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Calibration for Channel 6 & 7 ADC1_CAL_CH6_7 Offset Reset Value Calibration for Channel 6 & 7 Table 432 CALGAIN_CH7 CALOFFS_CH7 CALGAIN_CH6 CALOFFS_CH6 Field Bits Type...
Page 798 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Calibration for Channel 8 & 9 ADC1_CAL_CH8_9 Offset Reset Value Calibration for Channel 8 & 9 Table 433 CALGAIN_CH9 CALOFFS_CH9 CALGAIN_CH8 CALOFFS_CH8 Field Bits Type...
Page 799 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Calibration for Channel 10 & 11 ADC1_CAL_CH10_11 Offset Reset Value Calibration for Channel 10 & 11 Table 434 CALGAIN_CH11 CALOFFS_CH11 CALGAIN_CH10 CALOFFS_CH10 Field Bits Type...
Page 800 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) 24.7 IIR-Filter 24.7.1 Functional Description To cancel low frequency noise out of the measured signal, every channel of the digital signal includes a first order IIR Filter. The structure of the IIR Filter is shown in the picture below. IIR _Data Calib_Raw_Data IIR-Filter-Structure.vsd...
Page 801 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) 1 – a (1 – a (24.7) Frequency response of 1st order IIR a = - 0.5 a = - 0.9375 Frequency (Hz) x 10 Phase response of 1st order IIR Frequency (Hz) x 10...
Page 802 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Table 435 summarizes the main filter characteristics. Table 435 IIR filter characteristics Filter coefficient Group delay at=ω0 Normalized -3dB -3dB frequency frequency /2=250 kHz s_ch τ[samples] [Hz] -3dB...
Page 803 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) 24.7.2 IIR Filter Control Registers The IIR Filter can also be configured by the sfr Register shown below. ADC1_FILT_OUT0 ADC1_FILT_OUT11 registers are 12 bits wide, but the ADC delivers only a resolution of 10 bits.
Page 804 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Table 437 Register Overview (cont’d) Register Short Name Register Long Name Offset Address Reset Value ADC1_FILT_OUT5 ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 5 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 00XX XXXX XXXX ADC1_FILT_OUT6...
Page 805 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Table 437 Register Overview (cont’d) Register Short Name Register Long Name Offset Address Reset Value ADC1_DIFFCH_OUT3 ADC1 Differential Channel Output 3 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 00XX XXX XXXX ADC1_DIFFCH_OUT4...
Page 806 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description 19:18 Filter Coefficients ADC channel 9 1/2, weight of current sample 1/4, weight of current sample 1/8, weight of current sample 1/16, weight of current sample 17:16 Filter Coefficients ADC channel 8...
Page 807 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description Filter Coefficients ADC channel 0 1/2, weight of current sample 1/4, weight of current sample 1/8, weight of current sample 1/16, weight of current sample Table 438 RESET of ADC1_FILTCOEFF0_11 Register Reset Type...
Page 808 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 0 This registers reflects the current value of channel 0 of the measurement chain, which is assigned to Supply Voltage VS of the system. ADC1_FILT_OUT0 Offset Reset Value...
Page 809 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description 15:12 Reserved Always read as 0 FILT_OUT_CH0 11:0 ADC or filter output value channel 0 For ADC output set ADC1_FILTUP_0_EN = 0 Table 439 RESET of ADC1_FILT_OUT0 Register Reset Type...
Page 810 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 1 ADC1_FILT_OUT1 Offset Reset Value ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 1 Table 440 WFR1 FILT_OUT_CH1 Field Bits Type Description 31:19 Reserved Always read as 0 Overrun Flag...
Page 811 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description FILT_OUT_CH1 11:0 ADC or filter output value channel 1 For ADC output set ADC1_FILTUP_1_EN = 0 Table 440 RESET of ADC1_FILT_OUT1 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name...
Page 812 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 2 ADC1_FILT_OUT2 Offset Reset Value ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 2 Table 441 WFR2 FILT_OUT_CH2 Field Bits Type Description 31:19 Reserved Always read as 0 Overrun Flag...
Page 813 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description FILT_OUT_CH2 11:0 ADC or filter output value channel 2 For ADC output set ADC1_FILTUP_2_EN = 0 Table 441 RESET of ADC1_FILT_OUT2 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name...
Page 814 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 3 ADC1_FILT_OUT3 Offset Reset Value ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 3 Table 442 WFR3 FILT_OUT_CH3 Field Bits Type Description 31:19 Reserved Always read as 0 Overrun Flag...
Page 815 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description FILT_OUT_CH3 11:0 ADC or filter output value channel 3 For ADC output set ADC1_FILTUP_3_EN = 0 Table 442 RESET of ADC1_FILT_OUT3 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name...
Page 816 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 4 ADC1_FILT_OUT4 Offset Reset Value ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 4 Table 443 WFR4 FILT_OUT_CH4 Field Bits Type Description 31:19 Reserved Always read as 0 Overrun Flag...
Page 817 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description FILT_OUT_CH4 11:0 ADC or filter output value channel 4 For ADC output set ADC1_FILTUP_4_EN = 0 Table 443 RESET of ADC1_FILT_OUT4 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name...
Page 818 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 5 ADC1_FILT_OUT5 Offset Reset Value ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 5 Table 444 WFR5 FILT_OUT_CH5 Field Bits Type Description 31:19 Reserved Always read as 0 Overrun Flag...
Page 819 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description FILT_OUT_CH5 11:0 ADC or filter output value channel 5 For ADC output set ADC1_FILTUP_5_EN = 0 Table 444 RESET of ADC1_FILT_OUT5 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name...
Page 820 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 6 ADC1_FILT_OUT6 Offset Reset Value ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 6 Table 445 WFR6 FILT_OUT_CH6 Field Bits Type Description 31:19 Reserved Always read as 0 Overrun Flag...
Page 821 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description FILT_OUT_CH6 11:0 ADC or filter output value channel 6 For ADC output set ADC1_FILTUP_6_EN = 0 Table 445 RESET of ADC1_FILT_OUT6 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name...
Page 822 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 7 ADC1_FILT_OUT7 Offset Reset Value ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 7 Table 446 WFR7 FILT_OUT_CH7 Field Bits Type Description 31:19 Reserved Always read as 0 Overrun Flag...
Page 823 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description FILT_OUT_CH7 11:0 ADC or filter output value channel 7 For ADC output set ADC1_FILTUP_7_EN = 0 Table 446 RESET of ADC1_FILT_OUT7 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name...
Page 824 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 8 ADC1_FILT_OUT8 Offset Reset Value ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 8 Table 447 WFR8 FILT_OUT_CH8 Field Bits Type Description 31:19 Reserved Always read as 0 Overrun Flag...
Page 825 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description FILT_OUT_CH8 11:0 ADC or filter output value channel 8 For ADC output set ADC1_FILTUP_8_EN = 0 Table 447 RESET of ADC1_FILT_OUT8 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name...
Page 826 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 9 ADC1_FILT_OUT9 Offset Reset Value ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 9 Table 448 WFR9 FILT_OUT_CH9 Field Bits Type Description 31:19 Reserved Always read as 0 Overrun Flag...
Page 827 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description FILT_OUT_CH9 11:0 ADC or filter output value channel 9 For ADC output set ADC1_FILTUP_9_EN = 0 Table 448 RESET of ADC1_FILT_OUT9 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name...
Page 828 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 10 ADC1_FILT_OUT10 Offset Reset Value ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 10 Table 449 WFR1 OF10 VF10 FILT_OUT_CH10 Field Bits Type Description 31:19 Reserved...
Page 829 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description FILT_OUT_CH10 11:0 ADC or filter output value channel 10 For ADC output set ADC1_FILTUP_10_EN = 0 Table 449 RESET of ADC1_FILT_OUT10 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name...
Page 830 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 11 ADC1_FILT_OUT11 Offset Reset Value ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 11 Table 450 WFR1 OF11 VF11 FILT_OUT_CH11 Field Bits Type Description 31:19 Reserved...
Page 831 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description FILT_OUT_CH11 11:0 ADC or filter output value channel 11 For ADC output set ADC1_FILTUP_11_EN = 0 Table 450 RESET of ADC1_FILT_OUT11 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name...
Page 832 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 12 ADC1_FILT_OUT12 Offset Reset Value ADC1 or Filter Output Channel 12 Table 451 WFR1 OF12 VF12 FILT_OUT_CH12 Field Bits Type Description 31:19 Reserved...
Page 833 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description FILT_OUT_CH12 11:0 ADC or filter output value channel 12 For ADC output set ADC1_FILTUP_12_EN = 0 Table 451 RESET of ADC1_FILT_OUT12 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name...
Page 834 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1 or Filter Output for EIM Measurement Note: This Channel is not included in the sequencer. EIM Mode uses the postprocessing chain of the selected EIM channel. ADC1_FILT_OUTEIM Offset Reset Value...
Page 835 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description WFR_EIM Wait for Read Mode Enables wait for read mode for result register DISABLE, overwrite mode ENABLE, wait for read mode enabled 15:12 Reserved Always read as 0...
Page 836 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1 Differential Channel Output 1 ADC1_DIFFCH_OUT1 Offset Reset Value ADC1 Differential Channel Output 1 Table 453 DWFR DOF1 DVF1 DCH1 Field Bits Type Description 31:19 Reserved Always read as 0 DOF1...
Page 837 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description DCH1 11:0 ADC differential output value 1 Table 453 RESET of ADC1_DIFFCH_OUT1 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0XXX...
Page 838 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1 Differential Channel Output 2 ADC1_DIFFCH_OUT2 Offset Reset Value ADC1 Differential Channel Output 2 Table 454 DWFR DOF2 DVF2 DCH2 Field Bits Type Description 31:19 Reserved Always read as 0 DOF2...
Page 839 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description DCH2 11:0 ADC differential output value 2 Table 454 RESET of ADC1_DIFFCH_OUT2 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0XXX...
Page 840 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1 Differential Channel Output 3 ADC1_DIFFCH_OUT3 Offset Reset Value ADC1 Differential Channel Output 3 Table 455 DWFR DOF3 DVF3 DCH3 Field Bits Type Description 31:19 Reserved Always read as 0 DOF3...
Page 841 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description DCH3 11:0 ADC differential output value 3 Table 455 RESET of ADC1_DIFFCH_OUT3 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0XXX...
Page 842 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1 Differential Channel Output 4 ADC1_DIFFCH_OUT4 Offset Reset Value ADC1 Differential Channel Output 4 Table 456 DWFR DOF4 DVF4 DCH4 Field Bits Type Description 31:19 Reserved Always read as 0 DOF4...
Page 843 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description DCH4 11:0 ADC differential output value 4 Table 456 RESET of ADC1_DIFFCH_OUT4 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0XXX...
Page 844 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) 24.8 Signal Processing 24.8.1 Functional Description Upper Ch. X up/down counter (integrator) comparator comparator FILTUP_X_EN CNT_UP_ 3 to 8 TH_ UP_CHX UP_X_STS stop (+1) CNT_UP_ ±1 reset MMODE_UV...
Page 845 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) a) MMODE_OV/UV = 0 (range control ) filters/counter disabled overvoltage ADC_OUT undervoltage detection (VBAT) detection TH_UP HYST_UP > 0 HYST_LO > 0 TH_LO time LO_STS time UP_STS time...
Page 846 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) 24.8.2 Postprocessing Control Registers The Postprocessing block is fully controllable by the below listed sfr Registers. Table 457 Register Overview Register Short Name Register Long Name Offset Reset Value Address...
Page 847 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Upper Threshold Filter Enable ADC1_FILT_UP_CTRL Offset Reset Value Upper Threshold Filter Enable Table 458 FU_C FU_C FU_C FU_C FU_C FU_C FU_C FU_C FU_C FU_C FU_C FU_C H11_ H10_...
Page 848 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description FU_CH3_EN Upper threshold IIR filter enable Channel 3 , disable , enable FU_CH2_EN Upper threshold IIR filter enable Channel 2 , disable , enable FU_CH1_EN Upper threshold IIR filter enable Channel 1...
Page 849 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Lower Threshold Filter Enable Setting this register enables the IIR filter structure for the postprocessing of the lower threshold. ADC1_FILT_LO_CTRL Offset Reset Value Lower Threshold Filter Enable Table 459 FL_C FL_C...
Page 850 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description FL_CH3_EN Lower threshold IIR filter enable Channel 3 , disable , enable FL_CH2_EN Lower threshold IIR filter enable Channel 2 , disable , enable FL_CH1_EN Lower threshold IIR filter enable Channel 1...
Page 851 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description MMODE_D2 27:26 Measurement mode Differential Channel 2 MMODE0, upper & lower voltage/limit measurement MMODEUV, undervoltage/-limit measurement MMODEOV, overvoltage/-limit measurement RESERVED, reserved MMODE_D1 25:24 Measurement mode Differential Channel 1...
Page 852 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description MMODE_4 Measurement mode Channel 4 MMODE0, upper & lower voltage/limit measurement MMODEUV, undervoltage/-limit measurement MMODEOV, overvoltage/-limit measurement RESERVED, reserved MMODE_3 Measurement mode Channel 3 MMODE0, upper &...
Page 853 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Upper Comparator Trigger Level Channel 0-3 ADC1_TH0_3_UPPER Offset Reset Value Upper Comparator Trigger Level Channel 0- Table 461 CH3_UP CH2_UP CH1_UP CH0_UP Field Bits Type Description CH3_UP 31:24...
Page 854 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Upper Comparator Trigger Level Channel 4-7 ADC1_TH4_7_UPPER Offset Reset Value Upper Comparator Trigger Level Channel 4- Table 462 CH7_UP CH6_UP CH5_UP CH4_UP Field Bits Type Description CH7_UP 31:24...
Page 855 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Upper Comparator Trigger Level Channel 8-11 ADC1_TH8_11_UPPER Offset Reset Value Upper Comparator Trigger Level Channel 8- Table 463 CH11_UP CH10_UP CH9_UP CH8_UP Field Bits Type Description CH11_UP 31:24...
Page 856 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Upper Comparator Trigger Level Differential Channel 1-4 ADC1_DCHTH1_4_UPPER Offset Reset Value Upper Comparator Trigger Level Differential Table 464 Channel 1-4 DCH4_UP DCH3_UP DCH2_UP DCH1_UP Field Bits Type Description...
Page 857 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Upper Counter Trigger Level Channel 0-3 ADC1_CNT0_3_UPPER Offset Reset Value Upper Counter Trigger Level Channel 0-3 Table 465 HYST_UP HYST_UP CNT_UP_CH3 CNT_UP_CH2 _CH3 _CH2 HYST_UP HYST_UP CNT_UP_CH1 CNT_UP_CH0...
Page 858 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description CNT_UP_CH2 18:16 Upper timer trigger threshold channel 2 , 1 measurement , 2 measurements , 4 measurements , 8 measurements , 16 measurements , 32 measurements , 63 measurements , 63 measurements...
Page 859 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Upper Counter Trigger Level Channel 4-7 ADC1_CNT4_7_UPPER Offset Reset Value Upper Counter Trigger Level Channel 4-7 Table 466 HYST_UP HYST_UP CNT_UP_CH7 CNT_UP_CH6 _CH7 _CH6 HYST_UP HYST_UP CNT_UP_CH5 CNT_UP_CH4...
Page 860 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description CNT_UP_CH6 18:16 Upper timer trigger threshold channel 6 , 1 measurement , 2 measurements , 4 measurements , 8 measurements , 16 measurements , 32 measurements , 63 measurements , 63 measurements...
Page 861 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Upper Counter Trigger Level Channel 8-11 ADC1_CNT8_11_UPPER Offset Reset Value Upper Counter Trigger Level Channel 8-11 Table 467 HYST_UP CNT_UP_CH1 HYST_UP CNT_UP_CH1 _CH11 _CH10 HYST_UP HYST_UP CNT_UP_CH9 CNT_UP_CH8...
Page 862 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description CNT_UP_CH10 18:16 Upper timer trigger threshold channel 10 , 1 measurement , 2 measurements , 4 measurements , 8 measurements , 16 measurements , 32 measurements , 63 measurements , 63 measurements...
Page 863 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Upper Counter Trigger Level Differential Channel 1-4 ADC1_DCHCNT1_4_UPPER Offset Reset Value Upper Counter Trigger Level Differential Table 468 Channel 1-4 HYST_UP CNT_UP_DCH HYST_UP CNT_UP_DCH _DCH4 _DCH3 HYST_UP CNT_UP_DCH...
Page 864 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description CNT_UP_DCH3 18:16 Upper timer trigger threshold differential channel 3 , 1 measurement , 2 measurements , 4 measurements , 8 measurements , 15 measurements , 15 measurements , 15 measurements...
Page 865 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Lower Comparator Trigger Level Channel 0-3 ADC1_TH0_3_LOWER Offset Reset Value Lower Comparator Trigger Level Channel 0- Table 469 CH3_LOW CH2_LOW CH1_LOW CH0_LOW Field Bits Type Description CH3_LOW 31:24...
Page 866 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Lower Comparator Trigger Level Channel 4-7 ADC1_TH4_7_LOWER Offset Reset Value Lower Comparator Trigger Level Channel 4- Table 470 CH7_LOW CH6_LOW CH5_LOW CH4_LOW Field Bits Type Description CH7_LOW 31:24...
Page 867 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Lower Comparator Trigger Level Channel 8-11 ADC1_TH8_11_LOWER Offset Reset Value Lower Comparator Trigger Level Channel 8- Table 471 CH11_LOW CH10_LOW CH9_LOW CH8_LOW Field Bits Type Description CH11_LOW 31:24...
Page 868 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Lower Comparator Trigger Level Differential Channel 1-4 ADC1_DCHTH1_4_LOWER Offset Reset Value Lower Comparator Trigger Level Table 472 Differential Channel 1-4 DCH4_LOW DCH3_LOW DCH2_LOW DCH1_LOW Field Bits Type Description...
Page 869 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Lower Counter Trigger Level Channel 0-3 ADC1_CNT0_3_LOWER Offset Reset Value Lower Counter Trigger Level Channel 0-3 Table 473 HYST_LO HYST_LO CNT_LO_CH3 CNT_LO_CH2 _CH3 _CH2 HYST_LO HYST_LO CNT_LO_CH1 CNT_LO_CH0...
Page 870 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description CNT_LO_CH2 18:16 Lower timer trigger threshold channel 2 , 1 measurement , 2 measurements , 4 measurements , 8 measurements , 16 measurements , 32 measurements , 63 measurements , 63 measurements...
Page 871 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Table 473 RESET of ADC1_CNT0_3_LOWER Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_4 1213 1312 RESET_TYPE_4 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 872 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Lower Counter Trigger Level Channel 4-7 ADC1_CNT4_7_LOWER Offset Reset Value Lower Counter Trigger Level Channel 4-7 Table 474 HYST_LO HYST_LO CNT_LO_CH7 CNT_LO_CH6 _CH7 _CH6 HYST_LO HYST_LO CNT_LO_CH5 CNT_LO_CH4...
Page 873 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description CNT_LO_CH6 18:16 Lower timer trigger threshold channel 6 , 1 measurement , 2 measurements , 4 measurements , 8 measurements , 16 measurements , 32 measurements , 63 measurements , 63 measurements...
Page 874 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Table 474 RESET of ADC1_CNT4_7_LOWER Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_4 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_4 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 875 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Lower Counter Trigger Level Channel 8-11 ADC1_CNT8_11_LOWER Offset Reset Value Lower Counter Trigger Level Channel 8-11 Table 475 HYST_LO CNT_LO_CH1 HYST_LO CNT_LO_CH1 _CH11 _CH10 HYST_LO HYST_LO CNT_LO_CH9 CNT_LO_CH8...
Page 876 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description CNT_LO_CH10 18:16 Lower timer trigger threshold channel 10 , 1 measurement , 2 measurements , 4 measurements , 8 measurements , 16 measurements , 32 measurements , 63 measurements , 63 measurements...
Page 877 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Table 475 RESET of ADC1_CNT8_11_LOWER Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_4 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_4 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 878 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Lower Counter Trigger Level Differential Channel 1-4 ADC1_DCHCNT1_4_LOWER Offset Reset Value Lower Counter Trigger Level Differential Table 476 Channel 1-4 HYST_LO CNT_LO_DCH HYST_LO CNT_LO_DCH _DCH4 _DCH3 HYST_LO CNT_LO_DCH...
Page 879 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description CNT_LO_DCH3 18:16 Lower timer trigger threshold differential channel 3 , 1 measurement , 2 measurements , 4 measurements , 8 measurements , 16 measurements , 32 measurements , 63 measurements...
Page 880 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Table 476 RESET of ADC1_DCHCNT1_4_LOWER Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_4 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_4 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 881 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) 24.9 Interrupt Handling 24.9.1 Functional Description Figure 202 shows the interrupt generation of ADC1.The generated interrupts are assigned to several nodes. The exact mapping can be red in the corresponding interrupt chapter of this device. Note: all status flags and interrupt status flags are blanked within the startup procedure of the sequencer.
Page 882 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1_IRQEN_1.VS_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_1.VS_IS Control ADC1_IRQCLR_1.VS_ISC ADC1_IRQEN_2.VS_LO_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_2.VS_LO_IS Control ADC1_IRQCLR_2.VS_LO_ISC ADC1_IRQEN_2.VS_UP_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_2.VS_UP_IS Control ADC1_IRQCLR_2.VS_UP_ISC ADC1_IRQEN_1.VBATSEN_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_1.VBATSEN_IS Control ADC1_IRQCLR_1.VBATSEN_ISC ADC1_IRQEN_1.MON1_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_1.MON1_IS Control...
Page 883 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1_IRQEN_1.EIM_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_1.EIM_IS Control ADC1_IRQCLR_1.EIM_ISC >=1 adc 10_int_o ADC1_IRQEN_1.ESM_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_1.ESM_IS Control ADC1_IRQCLR_1.ESM_ISC Figure 203 ADC1 Interrupt Generation for EIM and ESM Mode ADC1_IRQEN_2.MON1_UP_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_2.MON1_UP_IS...
Page 884 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1_IRQEN_2.P2_1_UP_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_2.P2_1_UP_IS Control ADC1_IRQCLR_2.P2_1_UP_ISC ADC1_IRQEN_2.P2_1_LO_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_2.P2_1_LO_IS Control ADC1_IRQCLR_2.P2_1_LO_ISC ADC1_IRQEN_2.P2_1_UP_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_2.P2_2_UP_IS Control ADC1_IRQCLR_2.P2_2_UP_ISC ADC1_IRQEN_2.P2_2_LO_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_2.P2_2_LO_IS Control ADC1_IRQCLR_2.P2_2_LO_ISC ADC1_IRQEN_2.P2_3_UP_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_2.P2_3_UP_IS Control...
Page 885 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1_IRQEN_2.DU1_UP_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_2.DU1_UP_IS Control ADC1_IRQCLR_2.DU1_UP_ISC ADC1_IRQEN_2.DU1_LO_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_2.DU1_LO_IS Control ADC1_IRQCLR_2.DU1_LO_ISC ADC1_IRQEN_2.DU2_UP_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_2.DU2_UP_IS Control ADC1_IRQCLR_2.DU2_UP_ISC ADC1_IRQEN_2.DU2_LO_IEN ADC1 Interrupt ADC1_IRQS_2.DU2_LO_IS Control ADC1_IRQCLR_2.DU2_LO_ISC adc 10_dunit _int_o >=1 ADC1_IRQEN_2.DU3_UP_IEN ADC1 Interrupt...
Page 886 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) 24.9.2 Interrupt Registers Table 477 Register Overview Register Short Name Register Long Name Offset Address Reset Value Interrupt Registers, ADC1_IRQS_1 ADC1 Interrupt Status 1 Register 0000 0000 ADC1_IRQS_2 ADC1 Interrupt Status 2 Register...
Page 887 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Interrupt Status 1 Register ADC1_IRQS_1 Offset Reset Value ADC1 Interrupt Status 1 Register Table 478 DU4U DU4L DU3U DU3L DU2U DU2L DU1U DU1L ESM_ EIM_...
Page 888 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description DU2LO_IS rwhxre ADC1 Differential Unit 2 (DU2) lower Channel Interrupt Status Conversion of Channel has finished INACTIVE, No DU lower Channel Interrupt has occurred ACTIVE, DU lower Channel Interrupt has occurred DU1UP_IS...
Page 889 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description P2_2_IS rwhxre ADC1 Channel 8 Interrupt Status Conversion of Channel has finished INACTIVE, No Channel 8 Interrupt has occurred ACTIVE, Channel 8 Interrupt has occurred P2_1_IS rwhxre ADC1 Channel 7 Interrupt Status Conversion of Channel has finished...
Page 890 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Status 2 Register Hint: VBATSENSE supervision goes to NMI "Supply Prewarning", therefore bit 0 and 16 are "reserved" here. ADC1_IRQS_2 Offset Reset Value ADC1 Interrupt Status 2 Register Table 479 P2_7...
Page 891 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description MON2_UP_IS rwhxre ADC1 MON 2 Upper Threshold Interrupt Status INACTIVE, no interrupt has occurred ACTIVE, interrupt has occurred MON1_UP_IS rwhxre ADC1 MON 1 Upper Threshold Interrupt Status INACTIVE, no interrupt has occurred ACTIVE, interrupt has occurred VS_UP_IS...
Page 892 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description Reserved Always read as 0 Table 479 RESET of ADC1_IRQS_2 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_3...
Page 893 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Status 1 Register ADC1_STS_1 Offset Reset Value ADC1 Status 1 Register Table 480 DU4U DU4L DU3U DU3L DU2U DU2L DU1U DU1L P_S* O_S* P_S* O_S*...
Page 894 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description DU1UP_STS rwhxr ADC1 Differential Unit 1 (DU1) upper Channel Status Conversion of Channel has finished INACTIVE, No DU upper Channel Status has occurred ACTIVE, DU upper Channel Status has occurred DU1LO_STS...
Page 895 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Status 2 Register Hint: VBATSENSE supervision goes to NMI "Supply Prewarning", therefore bit 0 and 16 are "reserved" here. ADC1_STS_2 Offset Reset Value ADC1 Status 2 Register Table 481 P2_7...
Page 896 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description MON2_UP_STS ADC1 MON 2 Upper Threshold Status Below limit, Status below upper threshold Above limit, Upper threshold exceeded MON1_UP_STS ADC1 MON 1 Upper Threshold Status Below limit, Status below upper threshold Above limit, Upper threshold exceeded VS_UP_STS...
Page 897 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description Reserved Always read as 0 Table 481 RESET of ADC1_STS_2 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_3...
Page 898 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Status Clear 1 Register ADC1_STSCLR_1 Offset Reset Value ADC1 Status Clear 1 Register Table 482 DU4U DU4L DU3U DU3L DU2U DU2L DU1U DU1L P_SC O_SC...
Page 899 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description DU2LO_SC ADC1 Differential Unit 2 (DU2) lower Channel Status Clear Conversion of Channel has finished INACTIVE, No DU lower Channel Status has occurred ACTIVE, DU lower Channel Status has occurred DU1UP_SC...
Page 900 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Interrupt Status Clear 1 Register ADC1_IRQCLR_1 Offset Reset Value ADC1 Interrupt Status Clear 1 Register Table 483 DU4U DU4L DU3U DU3L DU2U DU2L DU1U DU1L...
Page 901 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description EIM_ISC Exceptional Interrupt Measurement (EIM) Status Clear INACTIVE, No EIM cleared ACTIVE, EIM cleared 15:13 Reserved Always read as 0 P2_0_ISC ADC1 Port 2.0 Interrupt Status Clear Interrupt status is cleared INACTIVE, interrupt status is not cleared...
Page 902 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description MON1_ISC ADC1 MON 1 Interrupt Status Clear Interrupt status is cleared INACTIVE, interrupt status is not cleared ACTIVE, interrupt status is cleared VS_ISC ADC1 VS Interrupt Status Clear Interrupt status is cleared...
Page 903 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 Interrupt Status Clear 2 Register ADC1_IRQCLR_2 Offset Reset Value ADC1 Interrupt Status Clear 2 Register Table 484 P2_7 P2_6 P2_3 P2_2 P2_1 MON5 MON4 MON3...
Page 904 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description MON3_UP_ISC ADC1 MON 3 Upper Threshold Interrupt Status Clear Interrupt status is cleared INACTIVE, interrupt status is not cleared ACTIVE, interrupt status is cleared MON2_UP_ISC ADC1 MON 2 Upper Threshold Interrupt Status Clear Interrupt status is cleared...
Page 905 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description MON4_LO_ISC ADC1 MON 4 Lower Threshold Interrupt Status Clear Interrupt status is cleared INACTIVE, interrupt status is not cleared ACTIVE, interrupt status is cleared MON3_LO_ISC ADC1 MON 3 Lower Threshold Interrupt Status Clear Interrupt status is cleared...
Page 906 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1 Interrupt Enable 1 Register ADC1_IRQEN_1 Offset Reset Value ADC1 Interrupt Enable 1 Register Table 485 DU4U DU4L DU3U DU3L DU2U DU2L DU1U DU1L ESM_ EIM_ P_I* O_I*...
Page 907 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description EIM_IEN Exceptional Interrupt Measurement (EIM) Interrupt Enable DISABLED , Interrupt disabled ENABLED , Interrupt enabled 15:13 Reserved Always read as 0 P2_0_IEN ADC1 Port 2.0 Interrupt Enable DISABLED , Interrupt disabled...
Page 908 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Table 485 RESET of ADC1_IRQEN_1 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_3 User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 909 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) ADC1 Interrupt Enable 2 Register Hint: VBATSENSE supervision goes to NMI "Supply Prewarning", therefore bit 0 and 16 are "reserved" here. ADC1_IRQEN_2 Offset Reset Value ADC1 Interrupt Enable 2 Register Table 486 P2_7...
Page 910 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description MON2_UP_IEN ADC1 MON 2 Upper Threshold Interrupt Enable DISABLED , Interrupt disabled ENABLED , Interrupt enabled MON1_UP_IEN ADC1 MON 1 Upper Threshold Interrupt Enable DISABLED , Interrupt disabled ENABLED , Interrupt enabled VS_UP_IEN...
Page 911 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description Reserved Always read as 0 Table 486 RESET of ADC1_IRQEN_2 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 0000 0000 RESET_TYPE_3...
Page 912 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) 24.10 Differential Measurement Unit (only TLE9845QX) 24.10.1 Motivation for Differential Measurement Unit VBAT VBAT_SENSE VBAT_SENSE MON1 MON2 VDDP MON3 TLE984x VDDC PWM2 Gate PWM1 Gate MON4 Figure 207 Motivation for Differential Measurement Unit 24.10.2...
Page 913 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) MUX_SEL<4:0> Channel Controller (Sequencer) ADC - SFR ADC1_CTRL_STS ADC1_CTRL_STS ADC1_FILTOUT... n.u. n.u. / 12 MON1 MON2 ADC_OUT_CHx ADC_OUT_CHx MON3 MON4 10 Bit ADC VREF DIFF1_UP_X_STS + / - n.u.
Page 914 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) dpp_adc_trig dpp1_adc_diff if du_ext_en(0) = ‚0' then DU_ext_en<0> DU_int_en<3:0> du_int_en <= ‚0' elsif du_ext_en(0) = ‚1' and seq_change = ‚1' then du_int_en = ‚1' ahb_du_en<3:0> if du_ext_en(1) = ‚0' then DU_ext_en<1>...
Page 915 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Sequence SEQ0 SEQ1 SEQ2 SEQ3 SEQ4 SEQ5 SEQ6 SEQ7 Seq_change COUT63 CC60 COUT60 CC61 COUT61 DU_ext_en<0> DU_ext_en<1> DU_ext_en<2> DU_ext_en<3> DU_int_en<0> DU_int_en<1> DU_int_en<2> DU_int_en<3> Figure 210 Timing of enable signals for the DU Unit User Manual Rev.
Page 916 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) MON1 – MON2 MON1 – MON3 DCH1 DCH2 MON2 – MON4 MON3 – MON4 DCH3 DCH4 Figure 211 Structure of Differential Measurement Unit 24.10.3 ADC1 Differential Unit Input Selection Register Table 487 Register Overview Register Short Name Register Long Name...
Page 917 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Measurement Unit 1 - Differential Unit Input Selection Register ADC1_DUIN_SEL Offset Reset Value Measurement Unit 1 - Differential Unit Input Table 488 Selection Register DU4R DU4_ DU3R DU3_...
Page 918 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) Field Bits Type Description 15:13 Reserved Always read as 0 DU2RES_NEG Differential Unit 2 result negative DU2 Result positive, Differential Unit 2 result positive after calculation DU2 Result negative, Differential Unit 2 result negative after calculation 11:9...
Page 919 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) 24.11 Start-up Behavior after Reset After the end of a reset phase the measurement sources and the post-processing units need some time for settling. In order to avoid undesired triggering of interrupts until the measurement signal acquisition is in a steady state, the status signals are forced to zero during the start-up phase.
Page 920 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications 10-Bit Analog Digital Converter (ADC1) 24.12 Postprocessing Default Values The following table shows the assigned measurements of the particular channels and the reset default values which are configured by FW during power-up. Since all channels are configurable by the user, the reset values can be reconfigured by writting the corresponding registers.
Page 921 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Voltage Monitor Input High-Voltage Monitor Input 25.1 Features Features • 4 or 5 (product variant dependant) High-voltage inputs with VS/2 threshold voltage • Wake capability for system stop mode and system sleep mode •...
Page 922 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Voltage Monitor Input 25.2.2 Functional Description For a wake-up on a positive voltage transition, the MONx_RISE bit has to be configured. For a wake-up on a negative voltage transition, the corresponding bit MONx_FALL has to be set. This configuration can also be used for an edge detection in active mode.
Page 923 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Voltage Monitor Input The following tables provide an overview of the configuration possibilities on the MON_INs via XSFR. Table 490 includes all pull-up and pull-down setup scenarios which can be chosen for one MONx. Table 491 shows an overview of the available states of a MONx.
Page 924 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Voltage Monitor Input 25.3 Register Definition This chapter describes the configuration registers for MON1-MON5. Table 492 Register Address Space for PMU Registers Module Base Address End Address Note 50004000 50004FFF Power Management Unit Registers Table 493 Register Overview...
Page 925 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Voltage Monitor Input Field Bits Type Description MON4_STS MON4 Status Input Note: MONx_STS is not updated, when MONx_EN is switched off. MONx_STS is also not updated, when both wake-options (MONx_RISE and MONx_FALL) are off MON input has low status MON input has high status Reserved...
Page 926 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Voltage Monitor Input Field Bits Type Description MON3_STS MON3 Status Input Note: MONx_STS is not updated, when MONx_EN is switched off. MONx_STS is also not updated, when both wake-options (MONx_RISE and MONx_FALL) are off MON input has low status MON input has high status Reserved...
Page 927 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Voltage Monitor Input Field Bits Type Description MON2_STS MON2 Status Input Note: MONx_STS is not updated, when MONx_EN is switched off. MONx_STS is also not updated, when both wake-options (MONx_RISE and MONx_FALL) are off MON input has low status MON input has high status Reserved...
Page 928 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Voltage Monitor Input Field Bits Type Description MON1_STS MON1 Status Input Note: MONx_STS is not updated, when MONx_EN is switched off. MONx_STS is also not updated, when both wake-options (MONx_RISE and MONx_FALL) are off MON input has low status MON input has high status Reserved...
Page 929 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Voltage Monitor Input Table 494 RESET of PMU_MON_CNF1 Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_2 47474747 RESET_TYPE_2 Settings Monitor 5 PMU_MON_CNF2 Offset Reset Value Settings Monitor 5 Table 495 MON5 MON5...
Page 930 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Voltage Monitor Input Field Bits Type Description MON5_CYC MON5 for Cycle Sense Enable Note: Works only if MON5_EN is enabled Cycle Sense disabled Cycle Sense enabled MON5_RISE MON5 Wake-up on Rising Edge Enable Note: Works only if MON1_EN is enabled Wake-up disabled...
Page 931 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Side Switch High-Side Switch 26.1 Features The high-side switch is optimized for driving resistive loads. Only small line inductance are allowed. Typical applications are single or multiple LEDs of a dashboard, switch illumination or other loads that require a high- side switch.
Page 932 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Side Switch 26.2 Introduction 26.2.1 Block Diagram 25 mA 50 mA OCTH_SEL OC-Detection 100 mA 150 mA Cyclic- Driver Driver OLTH 1,5 mA OL-Detection High Side Figure 214 High-Side Module Block Diagram (incl. subblocks) 26.2.2 General The high-side switch can generally be controlled in three different ways:...
Page 933 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Side Switch 26.3.1 Normal Operation In normal operation mode (CPU normal mode, CPU slow down mode) the high-side switch provides functionalities and protection functions which are: • selectable Slew Rate Control for improved EMI behavior. •...
Page 934 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Side Switch 26.3.1.5 Low-VS Feature The default behaviour of the high-side switch is the following: The high-side is switched on using Bits HS1_EN and HS1_ON. (Note: This description describes HS1 only, but applies to HS2 as well accordingly) In case of VS-undervoltage (detected by ADC2 ch0, at VS <...
Page 935 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Side Switch 26.4 Register Definition This chapter describes all necessary registers to control the high-side module and monitor its operation status. Table 496 Register Address Space Module Base Address End Address Note 40024000 40027FFF...
Page 936 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Side Switch Field Bits Type Description 31:30 Reserved Always read as 0 HS2_OC_SEL 29:28 High Side 2 Overcurrent Threshold Selection IOCTH0, 25 mA min. IOCTH1, 50 mA min. IOCTH1, 100 mA min. IOCTH3, 150 mA min.
Page 937 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Side Switch Field Bits Type Description HS1_CYC_ON_ACTIVE rwhir High Side 1 Cyclic ON Driver OFF, Cyclic ON Driver OFF ON, Cyclic ON Driver ON Reserved Always read as 0 HS1_OL_EN High Side 1 Open Load Detection Enable DISABLE, disable open load detection ENABLE, enable open load detection...
Page 938 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Side Switch Field Bits Type Description HS2_OL_STS rwhxr High Side 2 Open Load Interrupt Status no Open Load, no open load Condition occurred. Open Load, open load occurred; switch is not automatically shutdown.
Page 939 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Side Switch Field Bits Type Description HS1_OT_IS rwhxre High Side 1 Overtemperature Interrupt Status no Overtemperature , no overtemperature occurred. Overtemperature, overtemperature occurred; switch is automatically shutdown. Write sets status Reserved Always read as 0 Table 499 RESET of...
Page 940 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Side Switch Field Bits Type Description HS2_OL_ISC High Side 2 Open Load Interrupt Status Clear no Clear, Clear, HS2_OT_ISC High Side 2 Overtemperature Interrupt Status Clear no Clear , Clear, 20:15 Reserved Always read as 0...
Page 941 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Side Switch HS2_ HS2_ HS2_ OC_* OL_* OT_* HS1_ HS1_ HS1_ OC_* OL_* OT_* Field Bits Type Description 31:24 Reserved Always read as 0 HS2_OC_IEN High Side 2 Overcurrent interrupt enable disable, enable, HS2_OL_IEN...
Page 942 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Side Switch HS1_SRC_SE HS2_SRC_SE Field Bits Type Description 31:6 Reserved Always read as 0 HS1_SRC_SEL HS1 PWM Source Selection Note: Can only be written when HS_CTRL.HS1_PWM = 0 0000 CC60, PWM output of CCU6 0001 CC61, PWM output of CCU6 0010...
Page 943 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Side Switch HS1_OC_ HS1_OL_ OT_BTF* BTFILT* Field Bits Type Description 31:28 Reserved Always read as 0 27:24 Reserved Always read as 0 23:19 Reserved Always read as 0 18:16 Reserved Always read as 0 15:14 Reserved...
Page 944 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Side Switch High-Side Driver 2 TRIM Register HS_HS2_TRIM Offset Reset Value High Side Driver 2 TRIM Table 504 HS2_OC_ HS2_OL_ OT_BTF* BTFILT* Field Bits Type Description 31:28 Reserved Always read as 0 27:24 Reserved Always read as 0...
Page 945 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Side Switch Table 504 RESET of HS_HS2_TRIM Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_4 00000000 RESET_TYPE_4 26.5 Interrupt Generation - and Status Bit Logic The interrupt flags of the high side module are having the following behaviour: Overcurrent detection: the overcurrent detection interrupt flag is a level sensitive interrupt flag.
Page 946 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications High-Side Switch 1,5 mA 50 mA OCTH_SEL OC-Detection 100 mA 150 mA Cyclic- Driver Driver Offboard connection OLTH 1,5 mA OL-Detection 6.8 nF High Side Figure 217 Circuitry Mandatory for use as Offboard Pin If the High Side module is used as offboard pin a 6.8 nF is needed as buffer capacitor.
Page 947 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Low-Side Switch Low-Side Switch 27.1 Features The general purpose low-side switch is optimized to control an on-board relay. The low-side switch provides embedded protection functions including overcurrent and overtemperature detection. The module is designed for on-board connections.
Page 948 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Low-Side Switch Clamp XSFR Driver 270 mA OC-Detection Low Side LSGND Figure 218 Module Block Diagram 27.2 Functional Description The low-side switches can generally be controlled in two different ways: •...
Page 949 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Low-Side Switch 27.2.1.1 Slew Rate Configuration The low-side switch provides two slew rate configuration possibilities: • 10V/µs (up to 5 kHz PWM frequency). • 30V/µs (above 5 kHz PWM frequency). The configuration can be done by flag LSx_SRCTL_SEL.
Page 950 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Low-Side Switch User Manual Rev. 1.1 2019-03-18...
Page 951 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Low-Side Switch 27.2.2.1 Application Requirement for Low-Side Switch in PWM Mode The low-side switch is not designed, to handle the amount of energy, which is generated by switching an inductive load in PWM Mode. Therefore an external free wheeling diode is required to absorb the generated energy.
Page 952 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Low-Side Switch 27.3 Register Definition Table 505 Register Address Space Module Base Address End Address Note 4001C000 4001FFFF Table 506 Register Overview Register Short Name Register Long Name Offset Address Reset Value Register Definition,...
Page 953 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Low-Side Switch Field Bits Type Description 31:25 Reserved Always read as 0 LS2_SRCTL_SEL Low-Side switch 2 Slew Rate selection Slow, slow slew rate is selected Fast, fast slew rate is selected 23:20 Reserved Always read as 0...
Page 954 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Low-Side Switch Table 507 RESET of LS_CTRL Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 00000000 RESET_TYPE_3 Low-Side Driver Interrupt Status Register LS_IRQS Offset Reset Value Low Side Driver Interrupt Status Table 508 LS2_...
Page 955 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Low-Side Switch Field Bits Type Description LS2_OL_IS rwhxre Low-Side 2 Open Load Interrupt Status no Open Load, no open load Condition occurred. Open Load, open load occurred; switch is not automatically shutdown.
Page 956 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Low-Side Switch Field Bits Type Description LS1_OT_IS rwhxre Low-Side 1 Overtemperature Interrupt Status no Overtemperature , no overtemperature occurred. Overtemperature, overtemperature occurred; switch is automatically shutdown. Write sets status LS1_OT_PREWARN_IS rwhxre Low-Side 1 Overtemperature Prewarning Interrupt Status no Overtemperature Prewarn, no...
Page 957 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Low-Side Switch Low-Side Driver Interrupt Status Clear Register LS_IRQCLR Offset Reset Value Low Side Driver Interrupt Status Register Table 509 Clear LS2_ LS2_ LS2_ LS2_ LS2_ LS2_ LS2_ OL_* OT_* OT_* OC_* OL_*...
Page 958 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Low-Side Switch Field Bits Type Description LS1_OL_SC Low-Side 1 Open Load status clear no Clear, Clear, LS1_OT_SC Low-Side 1 Overtemperature status clear No Clear, Clear, LS1_OT_PREWARN_SC Low-Side 1 Overtemperature prewarn status clear No Clear, Clear, 11:8...
Page 959 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Low-Side Switch Low-Side Driver Interrupt Enable Register LS_IRQEN Offset Reset Value Low Side Driver Interrupt Enable Register Table 510 LS2_ LS2_ LS2_ LS2_ OC_* OL_* OT_* OT_* LS1_ LS1_ LS1_ LS1_ OC_* OL_*...
Page 960 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Low-Side Switch Field Bits Type Description Reserved Always read as 0 Table 510 RESET of LS_IRQEN Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 00000000 RESET_TYPE_3 Low-Side PWM Source Selection Register LS_PWMSRCSEL Offset...
Page 961 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Low-Side Switch Table 511 RESET of LS_PWMSRCSEL Register Reset Type Reset Values Reset Short Name Reset Mode Note RESET_TYPE_3 00000000 RESET_TYPE_3 Low-Side 1 Reference Current Trimming Register Control Functionality according LS_LS1_TRIM Reset values of LS_LS1_TRIM...
Page 962 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Low-Side Switch LS_LS2_TRIM Offset Reset Value Low Side Trimming Register Table 513 LS2_OC_ LS2_OL_ BTFILT* BTFILT* Field Bits Type Description 31:10 Reserved Always read as 0 LS2_OC_BTFILT_SEL Overcurrent BlankTime Select for LS2 4_us, 4 µs filter time 8_us, 8 µs filter time 16_us, 16 µs filter time...
Page 963 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Low-Side Switch 27.4 Interrupt Generation - and Status Bit Logic The interrupt flags of the low-side module are having the following behaviour: Overcurrent detection: the overcurrent detection interrupt flag is a level sensitive interrupt flag. This flag is set when the overcurrent condition occurs and stays persistent until the condition is removed.
Page 964 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Application Information Application Information Note: The following information is given as a hint for the implementation of the device only and shall not be regarded as a description or warranty of a certain functionality, condition or quality of the device. 28.1 Relay Window Lift Application diagram MONx...
Page 965 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Application Information Table 514 External Component (BOM) Symbol Function Component Capacitor 1 at VS pin 22 µF 2)3) Capacitor 2 at VS pin 100 nF Capacitor at VDDEXT pin 330 nF VDDEXT 2)3) Capacitor at VDDC pin...
Page 966 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Application Information 28.2 Motor Drive with P/N-channel Power MOSFET Half Bridge Application (only TLE9845QX) Note: The following information is given as a hint for the implementation of the device only and shall not be regarded as a description or warranty of a certain functionality, condition or quality of the device.
Page 967 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Application Information ground. The driver stages are not limited to a maximum voltage. Therefore an additional zener diode between the gate and source of each MOSFET is recommended for protection. For adjusting the required slope of the output voltage the resistors between the outputs HSx/LSx and the power MOSFET gate have to be dimensioned in a specific way according to the application requirements.
Page 968 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Application Information Table 516 Recommendation for connecting unused pins type pin number recommendation 1 recommendation 2 (if unused) (if unused) open HS1, HS2 3, 4 open 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 open + configure internal PU/PD LS1, LS2 11, 12...
Page 969 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Application Information Table 517 ESD “Gun Test” Performed Test Result Unit Remarks ESD at pin LIN, versus GND ≥6 positive pulse ESD at pin LIN, versus GND ≤ -6 negative pulse ESD at pin VS, VBAT_SENSE, MONx, ≥6 positive pulse...
Page 970 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Revision History Revision History Revision History Page or Item Subjects (major changes since previous revision) Rev. 1.1, 2019-03-18 Chapter 5 updated register types overview Chapter 6 removed PMU_CPREG_CNF and PMU_WAKE_CNF_GPIO0 registers, as GPIO0 cannot be selected PMU_WAKE_STATUS, Bits MONx_WAKE_STS (x=1..5): added sentence about clearing before entering power saving modes (moved from PMU_MON_CNF1+2: MONx_STS (x=1..5))
Page 971 TLE984xQX Microcontroller with LIN and Power Switches for Automotive Applications Revision History Revision History Page or Item Subjects (major changes since previous revision) Chapter 9 added reset-types RESET_TYPE_3 changed bitfield-width 8->2, changed access-types, changed reset-value CCR Chapter 13 editorial: removed "wakeup" at nodes 12 and 22 in "Interrupt Vector Table" editorial: removed "wakeup"...
Page 972 Infineon Technologies, customer's products and any use of the product of Infineon Technologies’ products may not be used in Infineon Technologies in customer's applications. any applications where a failure of the product or any...

This manual is also suitable for:

Tle9842qx Tle9842-2qx Tle9843qx Tle9843-2qx Tle9844qx Tle9844-2qx ... Show all

Infineon TLE984 QX Series User Manual

1 Overview

2 Block Diagram

3 Device Pinout and Pin Configuration

4 Modes of Operation

5 Device Register Types

6 Power Management Unit (PMU)

7 System Control Unit - Digital Modules (SCU-DM)

8 System Control Unit - Power Modules (SCU-PM)

9 Arm® Cortex®-M0 Core

10 Address Space Organization

11 Memory Control Unit

12 NVM Module (Flash Memory)

13 Interrupt System

14 Watchdog Timer (WDT1)

15 GPIO Ports and Peripheral I/O

16 General Purpose Timer Units (GPT12)

17 Timer2 and Timer21

Quick Links

Related Manuals for Infineon TLE984 QX Series

Summary of Contents for Infineon TLE984 QX Series